Update on Overleaf.
This commit is contained in:
Thomas Psota
8
content/01_intro.tex
Normal file
8
content/01_intro.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
|||||||
|
\section{Introduction}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Morbi
|
||||||
|
malesuada, quam in pulvinar varius, metus nunc fermentum urna, id
|
||||||
|
sollicitudin purus odio sit amet enim. Aliquam ullamcorper eu ipsum
|
||||||
|
vel mollis. Curabitur quis dictum nisl. Phasellus vel semper risus, et
|
||||||
|
lacinia dolor. Integer ultricies commodo sem nec semper.\ref{tab:freq}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
62
content/02_related_works.tex
Normal file
62
content/02_related_works.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
|||||||
|
\section{Template Overview}
|
||||||
|
As noted in the introduction, the ``\verb|acmart|'' document class can
|
||||||
|
be used to prepare many different kinds of documentation --- a
|
||||||
|
double-anonymous initial submission of a full-length technical paper, a
|
||||||
|
two-page SIGGRAPH Emerging Technologies abstract, a ``camera-ready''
|
||||||
|
journal article, a SIGCHI Extended Abstract, and more --- all by
|
||||||
|
selecting the appropriate {\itshape template style} and {\itshape
|
||||||
|
template parameters}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This document will explain the major features of the document
|
||||||
|
class. For further information, the {\itshape \LaTeX\ User's Guide} is
|
||||||
|
available from
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/proceedings-template}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Template Styles}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The primary parameter given to the ``\verb|acmart|'' document class is
|
||||||
|
the {\itshape template style} which corresponds to the kind of publication
|
||||||
|
or SIG publishing the work. This parameter is enclosed in square
|
||||||
|
brackets and is a part of the {\verb|documentclass|} command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[STYLE]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Journals use one of three template styles. All but three ACM journals
|
||||||
|
use the {\verb|acmsmall|} template style:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmsmall}}: The default journal template style.
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmlarge}}: Used by JOCCH and TAP.
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmtog}}: Used by TOG.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The majority of conference proceedings documentation will use the {\verb|acmconf|} template style.
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{sigconf}}: The default proceedings template style.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{sigchi}}: Used for SIGCHI conference articles.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{sigplan}}: Used for SIGPLAN conference articles.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Template Parameters}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In addition to specifying the {\itshape template style} to be used in
|
||||||
|
formatting your work, there are a number of {\itshape template parameters}
|
||||||
|
which modify some part of the applied template style. A complete list
|
||||||
|
of these parameters can be found in the {\itshape \LaTeX\ User's Guide.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Frequently-used parameters, or combinations of parameters, include:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{anonymous,review}}: Suitable for a ``double-anonymous''
|
||||||
|
conference submission. Anonymizes the work and includes line
|
||||||
|
numbers. Use with the \texttt{\acmSubmissionID} command to print the
|
||||||
|
submission's unique ID on each page of the work.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{authorversion}}: Produces a version of the work suitable
|
||||||
|
for posting by the author.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{screen}}: Produces colored hyperlinks.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This document uses the following string as the first command in the
|
||||||
|
source file:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
6
drampower-abstract.tex
Normal file
6
drampower-abstract.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
|||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The abstract is a short summary of the work to be presented in the
|
||||||
|
%% article.
|
||||||
|
\begin{abstract}
|
||||||
|
DRAMPower is a cool thing that makes things and allows you to do things. Very cool!
|
||||||
|
\end{abstract}
|
||||||
34
drampower-appendix.tex
Normal file
34
drampower-appendix.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% If your work has an appendix, this is the place to put it.
|
||||||
|
\appendix
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Research Methods}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Part One}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Morbi
|
||||||
|
malesuada, quam in pulvinar varius, metus nunc fermentum urna, id
|
||||||
|
sollicitudin purus odio sit amet enim. Aliquam ullamcorper eu ipsum
|
||||||
|
vel mollis. Curabitur quis dictum nisl. Phasellus vel semper risus, et
|
||||||
|
lacinia dolor. Integer ultricies commodo sem nec semper.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Part Two}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Etiam commodo feugiat nisl pulvinar pellentesque. Etiam auctor sodales
|
||||||
|
ligula, non varius nibh pulvinar semper. Suspendisse nec lectus non
|
||||||
|
ipsum convallis congue hendrerit vitae sapien. Donec at laoreet
|
||||||
|
eros. Vivamus non purus placerat, scelerisque diam eu, cursus
|
||||||
|
ante. Etiam aliquam tortor auctor efficitur mattis.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Online Resources}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Nam id fermentum dui. Suspendisse sagittis tortor a nulla mollis, in
|
||||||
|
pulvinar ex pretium. Sed interdum orci quis metus euismod, et sagittis
|
||||||
|
enim maximus. Vestibulum gravida massa ut felis suscipit
|
||||||
|
congue. Quisque mattis elit a risus ultrices commodo venenatis eget
|
||||||
|
dui. Etiam sagittis eleifend elementum.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Nam interdum magna at lectus dignissim, ac dignissim lorem
|
||||||
|
rhoncus. Maecenas eu arcu ac neque placerat aliquam. Nunc pulvinar
|
||||||
|
massa et mattis lacinia.
|
||||||
36
drampower-authors.tex
Normal file
36
drampower-authors.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The "author" command and its associated commands are used to define
|
||||||
|
%% the authors and their affiliations.
|
||||||
|
%% Of note is the shared affiliation of the first two authors, and the
|
||||||
|
%% "authornote" and "authornotemark" commands
|
||||||
|
%% used to denote shared contribution to the research.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Thomas Psota}
|
||||||
|
\email{thomas.psota@iese.fraunhofer.de}
|
||||||
|
\orcid{0009-0009-3368-5396}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Fraunhofer IESE}
|
||||||
|
\city{Kaiserslautern}
|
||||||
|
\country{Germany}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Lukas Steiner}
|
||||||
|
\email{lukas.steiner@rptu.de}
|
||||||
|
\orcid{0009-0009-3368-5396}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{RPTU Kaiserslautern-Landau}
|
||||||
|
\city{Kaiserslautern}
|
||||||
|
\country{Germany}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Prof. Dr.-Ing. Matthias Jung}
|
||||||
|
\email{m.jung@uni-wuerzburg.de}
|
||||||
|
\orcid{0000-0003-0036-2143}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg}
|
||||||
|
\city{Würzburg}
|
||||||
|
\country{Germany}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
76
drampower-main.tex
Normal file
76
drampower-main.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
|||||||
|
%% Commands for TeXCount
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \cite [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \citep [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \citet [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir table 0 1
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir table* 0 1
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir tabular [ignore] word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir displaymath 0 word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir math 0 word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir comment 0 0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The first command in your LaTeX source must be the \documentclass
|
||||||
|
%% command.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For submission and review of your manuscript please change the
|
||||||
|
%% command to \documentclass[manuscript, screen, review]{acmart}.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% When submitting camera ready or to TAPS, please change the command
|
||||||
|
%% to \documentclass[sigconf]{acmart} or whichever template is required
|
||||||
|
%% for your publication.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% \BibTeX command to typeset BibTeX logo in the docs
|
||||||
|
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||||
|
\providecommand\BibTeX{{%
|
||||||
|
Bib\TeX}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||||
|
%% Document Settings
|
||||||
|
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\input{drampower-settings}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% end of the preamble, start of the body of the document source.
|
||||||
|
\begin{document}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||||
|
%% Header
|
||||||
|
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\title{\papertitle}
|
||||||
|
\input{drampower-authors}
|
||||||
|
\input{drampower-abstract.tex}
|
||||||
|
\paperlogo
|
||||||
|
\maketitle
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||||
|
%% Body Text
|
||||||
|
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\input{content/01_intro}
|
||||||
|
\input{content/02_related_works}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||||
|
%% Footer
|
||||||
|
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
% \paperacks
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The next two lines define the bibliography style to be used, and
|
||||||
|
%% the bibliography file.
|
||||||
|
\bibliographystyle{ACM-Reference-Format}
|
||||||
|
\bibliography{drampower.bib}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\input{drampower-appendix}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\end{document}
|
||||||
|
\endinput
|
||||||
30
drampower-settings.tex
Normal file
30
drampower-settings.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
|||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Set the title of the paper here
|
||||||
|
\newcommand{\papertitle}{
|
||||||
|
DRAMPower does a thing
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Paper logo settings
|
||||||
|
\newcommand{\paperlogo}{
|
||||||
|
\begin{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{figs/logo_drampower_5_0.png}
|
||||||
|
\caption{DRAMPower 5.0 Logo}
|
||||||
|
\Description{DRAMPower 5.0 Logo.}
|
||||||
|
\label{fig:logo}
|
||||||
|
\end{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Keyword settings
|
||||||
|
\newcommand{\paperkeywords}{\keywords{
|
||||||
|
DRAM, DDR, simulation, power
|
||||||
|
}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%\received{20 February 2007}
|
||||||
|
%\received[revised]{12 March 2009}
|
||||||
|
%\received[accepted]{5 June 2009}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\newcommand{\paperacks}{\begin{acks}
|
||||||
|
To Robert, for the bagels and explaining CMYK and color spaces.
|
||||||
|
\end{acks}}
|
||||||
1643
drampower.bib
Normal file
1643
drampower.bib
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
BIN
figs/logo_drampower_5_0.png
Normal file
BIN
figs/logo_drampower_5_0.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 55 KiB |
3081
~samples/ACM-Reference-Format.bst
Normal file
3081
~samples/ACM-Reference-Format.bst
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
385
~samples/README.txt
Normal file
385
~samples/README.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
|
|||||||
|
This package provides a class for typesetting publications of the
|
||||||
|
Association for Computing Machinery.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Your TeX distribution probably includes the latest released version of
|
||||||
|
this package. If you decide to install it yourself, please see the
|
||||||
|
Installation section of the User's Guide.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Please note that the version on Github is a development (or
|
||||||
|
experimental) version: please download it for testing new features.
|
||||||
|
The production version is the one on CTAN and ACM sites.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Changes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 2.08. Section titles are in lowercase now.
|
||||||
|
Documentation updates.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 2.07. Corrected typo in TELO eISSN.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 2.06. Added eISSN for a number of journals.
|
||||||
|
ACM no longer collects or prints authors'
|
||||||
|
postal addresses
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 2.05 Changed title for TELO.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 2.04 Compatibility with the new latex-dev format
|
||||||
|
eSSN is always printed, even if pSSN is present
|
||||||
|
Wording change in copyright statement
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 2.03 Cleaned generation of samples.
|
||||||
|
New options for printing conference proceedings
|
||||||
|
in ACM journals
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 2.02 Documentation update.
|
||||||
|
Changes in TOG templates
|
||||||
|
Corrected typo in ACM/IMS journals
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 2.01 \acmPrice now produces a warning.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 2.00 ACM switches to electronic only version.
|
||||||
|
We do not print article tabs anymore.
|
||||||
|
New copyright wording.
|
||||||
|
Deleted \acmPrice.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.93 Added PACMSE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.92 Documentation update
|
||||||
|
Emergency change: changed order of hyperref and hyperxmp
|
||||||
|
due to changes in the undelying packages
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.91 Minor changes in ACMCP format
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.90a Changes in the sample keywords and concepts
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.90 Journal ISSN updated
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.89a Added version info to .bst
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.89 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
Redesign of ACMCP
|
||||||
|
New positioning of badges
|
||||||
|
New journals: PACMMOD, TOPML
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.88 New ISSNs
|
||||||
|
Documentation updates
|
||||||
|
New journal: PACMNET
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.87 CC license is allowed for non-acm documents and ACM Engage
|
||||||
|
documents only
|
||||||
|
New format acmcp for the cover page
|
||||||
|
New journals: JATS, ACMJCSS, TORS
|
||||||
|
Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.86. Empty country in affiliation now produces an error
|
||||||
|
Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
New samples for acmengage
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.85. Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
Added support for Creative Commons licenses (requires
|
||||||
|
doclicense images)
|
||||||
|
New journals
|
||||||
|
New format acmengage for ACM Engage CSEdu course materials
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.84 Support for BibLaTeX rewritten (thanks to
|
||||||
|
Roberto Di Cosmo and Kartik Singhal)
|
||||||
|
Corrected German translation (thanks to Dirk Beyer)
|
||||||
|
New journals
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.83 Support for multilanguage papers
|
||||||
|
ISSN changes for some journals
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.82 Bug fixes.
|
||||||
|
New command \anon for anonymization of short strings.
|
||||||
|
Documentation update.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.81 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
New bib field distinctURL to print URL even if doi is present.
|
||||||
|
Reworded samples
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.80 New journals: DLT, FAC
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.79 Fixed pages with index
|
||||||
|
(https://github.com/borisveytsman/acmart/issues/440)
|
||||||
|
Updated information for TAP, TCPS, TEAC
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.78 Documentation update.
|
||||||
|
Magic texcount comments for samples.
|
||||||
|
Title page now is split if there are too many authors
|
||||||
|
Bug fixes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.77 Changed the way to typeset multiple affiliations (Christoph Sommer)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.76 Added many journal abbreviations to the bst.
|
||||||
|
New experimental option: pbalance
|
||||||
|
ORCID linking code
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.75 Omitted \country now produces error.
|
||||||
|
Added \AtBeginMaketitle
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.74 Bug fixes. A regression introduced in the font changes
|
||||||
|
is reverted.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.73 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
The elements institution, city and country are now obligatory
|
||||||
|
for affiliations. The absence of them produces a warning
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.72 Bug fixes. Better handling of metadata.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.71 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
Formats sigchi and sigchi-a are retired
|
||||||
|
Bibliography formatting changes for @inproceedings entries
|
||||||
|
having both series and volume
|
||||||
|
LuaLaTeX now uses the same OTF fonts as XeLaTeX
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.70 Title change for ACM/IMS Transactions on Data Science
|
||||||
|
Bug fixes for bibliography
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.69 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
Compatibility with LaTeX 2020-02-02 release
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.68 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
BST now recognizes words `Paper' or 'Article' in
|
||||||
|
eid or articleno
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.67 Urgent bug fixes:
|
||||||
|
BibTeX style bug fixed (Michael D. Adams)
|
||||||
|
Sigplan special section bugfix
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.66 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
BibTeX change: location is now a synonym for city (Feras Saad)
|
||||||
|
ACM reference format is now mandatory for papers over one page.
|
||||||
|
CCS concepts and keywords are now mandatory for
|
||||||
|
papers over two pages.
|
||||||
|
Authors' addresses are mandatory for journal articles.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.65 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
New journal: DGOV
|
||||||
|
DTRAP and HEALTH are now using acmlarge format
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.64 Produce error if abstract is entered after maketitle
|
||||||
|
(previously abstract was silently dropped)
|
||||||
|
Bug fixes for line numbering
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.63a Moved TQUANT to TQC
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.63 New journals: TQUANT, FACMP
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.62 Documentation update
|
||||||
|
New journal: TELO
|
||||||
|
Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.61 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
New bibtex types for artifacts
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.60 New option: urlbreakonhyphens (thanks to Peter Kemp)
|
||||||
|
Smaller header size for acmsmall
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.59 Now a journal format can be used for conference proceedings
|
||||||
|
All samples are now generated from the same .dtx file
|
||||||
|
Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.58 Suppressed spurious warnings.
|
||||||
|
New journal: HEALTH.
|
||||||
|
TDSCI is renamed to TDS.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.57 Change of \baselinestretch now produces an error
|
||||||
|
Booktabs is now always loaded
|
||||||
|
Added option `balance' to balance last page in two-column mode
|
||||||
|
E-mail is no longer split in addresses
|
||||||
|
New samples (Stephen Spencer)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.56 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
Added \flushbottom to two column formats (Philip Quinn)
|
||||||
|
The final punctuation for the list of concepts
|
||||||
|
is now a period instead of a semicolon (Philip Quinn)
|
||||||
|
New command \Description to describe images for visually
|
||||||
|
impaired users.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.55 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
Font changes for SIGCHI table captions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.54 New option: 'nonacm' (Gabriel Scherer)
|
||||||
|
Deleted indent for subsubsection (suggested by Ross Moore)
|
||||||
|
Suppressed some obscurious warning in BibTeX processing
|
||||||
|
Suppressed hyperrerf warnings (Paolo G. Giarrusso)
|
||||||
|
New code for sections to help with accessibility patches
|
||||||
|
(Ross Moore)
|
||||||
|
Submission id, if present, is printed in anon mode
|
||||||
|
Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.53 New journals: PACMCGIT, TIOT, TDSCI
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.52 Another rewording of licenses
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.51 Journal footers now use abbreviated journal titles.
|
||||||
|
Corrected the bug with acmPrice.
|
||||||
|
Do not show price when copyright is set to iw3c2w3 and iw3c2w3g.
|
||||||
|
The package now is compatible with polyglossia (Joachim Breitner).
|
||||||
|
Slightly reworded copyright statements.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.50 Changes in iw3c2w3 and iw3c2w3g
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.49 New jorunal: DTRAP
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.48 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
Review mode now switches on folios
|
||||||
|
Code prettying (Michael D. Adams)
|
||||||
|
Bibliography changes: @MISC entries no longer have a
|
||||||
|
separate date
|
||||||
|
Sigch-a sample bibliography renamed
|
||||||
|
Bib code cleanup (Zack Weinberg)
|
||||||
|
Acmart and version info are added to pdfcreator tag
|
||||||
|
\citeyear no longer produces parenthetical year
|
||||||
|
Added initial support for Biblatex (Daniel Thomas)
|
||||||
|
Added support for IW3C2 conferences
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.47 New journal: THRI
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.46 Bug fixes for bibliography: label width is now calculated
|
||||||
|
correctly.
|
||||||
|
All PACM now use screen option. This requires etoolbox.
|
||||||
|
Added subtitle to ACM reference format.
|
||||||
|
Now acmart is compatible with fontspec.
|
||||||
|
\thanks is now obsolete. The addresses are automatically
|
||||||
|
added to the journal version; this can be overriden with
|
||||||
|
\authorsaddresses command.
|
||||||
|
Deleted the rule at the end of frontmatter for all formats.
|
||||||
|
Deleted new line before doi in the reference format.
|
||||||
|
Reintegrated theorem code into acmart.dtx (Matthew Fluet)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.45 Workaround for a Libertine bug. Thanks to LianTze Lim
|
||||||
|
from Overleaf
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.44 Bug fixes.
|
||||||
|
Empty DOI and ISBN suppress printing DOI or ISBN lines
|
||||||
|
Separated theorem code into acmthm.sty, loaded by default.
|
||||||
|
Article number can be set for proceedings.
|
||||||
|
New commands: \acmBooktile, \editor.
|
||||||
|
Reference citation format updated.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.43 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.42 Deleted ACM badges
|
||||||
|
Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.41 Rearranged bib files
|
||||||
|
Added new badges
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.40 Bibliography changes
|
||||||
|
Added processing of one-compoment ccsdesc nodes
|
||||||
|
Bug fixes.
|
||||||
|
Made the height a multiple of \baselineskip + \topskip
|
||||||
|
Added cleveref
|
||||||
|
We no longer print street address in SIGs
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.39 Added \authornotemark commmand
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.38 Increase default font size for SIGPLAN
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.37 Reduce list indentation (Matthew Fluet)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.36 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
Moved PACMPL to acmlarge format
|
||||||
|
New journal: PACMHCI
|
||||||
|
Added the possibility to adjust number of author
|
||||||
|
boxes per row in conference formats
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.35 Author-year bib style now uses square brackets.
|
||||||
|
Changed defaults for TOG sample
|
||||||
|
Price is suppressed for usgov and rightsretained modes.
|
||||||
|
Bugs fixed
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.34 Deleted DOI from doi numbers
|
||||||
|
Changed bibstrip formatting
|
||||||
|
The command \terms is now obsolete
|
||||||
|
The rulers in review mode now have continuous numbering
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.33 New option `timestamp' (Michael D. Adams)
|
||||||
|
New option `authordraft'
|
||||||
|
Documentation updates
|
||||||
|
Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
We now use Type 1 versions of Libertine fonts even with XeTeX.
|
||||||
|
New hook acmart-preload-hook.tex (wizards only!)
|
||||||
|
Added new options `obeypunctuation' for \affiliation command
|
||||||
|
Added SubmissionID
|
||||||
|
Added right line count ruler for two-column formats
|
||||||
|
Added workaround for Adobe Acrobat bugs in selection
|
||||||
|
Added eid field to the bibliography
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.32 New DOI formatting.
|
||||||
|
Format siggraph is now obsolete, and sigconf
|
||||||
|
is used instead.
|
||||||
|
New proceedings title: POMACS.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.31 Changed default year and month to the current ones
|
||||||
|
(thanks to Matteo Riondato)
|
||||||
|
Table of contents now works
|
||||||
|
Marginalia now work in all formats
|
||||||
|
New command \additionalaffiliation
|
||||||
|
Documentation changes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.30 Bibtex style now recognizes https:// in doi.
|
||||||
|
Added \frenchspacing.
|
||||||
|
\department now has an optional hierarchy level.
|
||||||
|
Switched to T1 encoding
|
||||||
|
Updated IMWUT and PACMPL
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.29 Documentation changes. Head height increased from 12pt to 13pt.
|
||||||
|
Removed spurious indent at start of abstract.
|
||||||
|
Improved kerning in CCS description list.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.28 Bug fixes: natbib=false now behaves correctly.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.27 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.26 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.25 Updated PACMPL journal option.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.24 Added IMWUT journal option.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.23 Added PACM PL journal option.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.22 Bibliography changes for Aptara backend; should be
|
||||||
|
invisible for the users.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.21 Bibliography changes: added arXiv, some cleanup
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.20 Bug fixes, documentation updates
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.19 Include 'Abstract', 'Acknowledgements', and 'References'
|
||||||
|
in PDF bookmarks.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.18 Natbib is now the default for all versions. A unified bib
|
||||||
|
file is used for all styles. Better treatment
|
||||||
|
of multiple affiliations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.17 Formatting changes for margins and lists. Bug fixes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.16 Formatting changes for headers and footers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.15 New structured affiliation command.
|
||||||
|
New commands for acknowledgements.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.14 Warn about undefined citation styles; move definitions
|
||||||
|
of acmauthoryear and acmnumeric citation styles before
|
||||||
|
use.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.13 Formatting changes: headers, folios etc.
|
||||||
|
Bibliography changes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.12 Bug fixes and documentation updates.
|
||||||
|
Footnotes rearranged.
|
||||||
|
Option natbib is now mostly superfluous: the class
|
||||||
|
makes a guess based on the format chosen.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.11 Customization of ACM theorem styles and proof
|
||||||
|
environment (Matthew Fluet).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.10 Bug fixes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.09 SIGPLAN: revert caption rules (Matthew Fluet)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 1.08 SIGPLAN reformatting (Matthew Fluet); bug fixes
|
||||||
BIN
~samples/acm-jdslogo.png
Normal file
BIN
~samples/acm-jdslogo.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 19 KiB |
3579
~samples/acmart.cls
Normal file
3579
~samples/acmart.cls
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
900
~samples/acmauthoryear.bbx
Normal file
900
~samples/acmauthoryear.bbx
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,900 @@
|
|||||||
|
\ProvidesFile{acmauthoryear.bbx}[2022-02-14 v0.1 biblatex bibliography style]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
% Inherit a default style
|
||||||
|
\RequireBibliographyStyle{authoryear-comp}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%% New command definitions from trad-standard.bbx
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\newcommand*{\newcommaunit}{\@ifstar\newcommaunitStar\newcommaunitNoStar}
|
||||||
|
\newcommand*{\newcommaunitStar}{\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}
|
||||||
|
\newcommand*{\newcommaunitNoStar}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%% Forward compatibility for date+extradate
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\ifcsundef{ifbibmacroundef}{
|
||||||
|
\ifcsundef{abx@macro@date+extradate}{ %%% For really really old biblatex that miss \ifbibmacroundef
|
||||||
|
\blx@warning{bibmacro 'date+extradate' is missing.\MessageBreak
|
||||||
|
Please consider updating your version of biblatex.\MessageBreak
|
||||||
|
Using 'date+extrayear' instead}%
|
||||||
|
\providebibmacro*{date+extradate}{\usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}
|
||||||
|
}{}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
\ifbibmacroundef{date+extradate}{
|
||||||
|
\blx@warning{bibmacro 'date+extradate' is missing.\MessageBreak
|
||||||
|
Please consider updating your version of biblatex.\MessageBreak
|
||||||
|
Using 'date+extrayear' instead}%
|
||||||
|
\providebibmacro*{date+extradate}{\usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}
|
||||||
|
}{}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%% Localisation strings for ACM
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DefineBibliographyStrings{american}{%
|
||||||
|
mathesis = {Master's thesis},
|
||||||
|
phdthesis = {Ph\adddot{}D\adddotspace Dissertation},
|
||||||
|
editor = {(Ed\adddot)},
|
||||||
|
editors = {(Eds\adddot)},
|
||||||
|
edition = {ed\adddot},
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%% Formatting for fields
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%\DeclareFieldFormat
|
||||||
|
% [article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,patent,thesis,unpublished]
|
||||||
|
% {title}{#1}
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{#1}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{numpages}{#1 pages}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{number}{#1}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{articleno}{Article #1}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{key}{#1}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{urldate}{Retrieved\space{}#1\space{}from}
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{lastaccessed}{Retrieved\space{}#1\space{}from}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{\url{#1}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{%
|
||||||
|
\printtext[parens]{\ifinteger{#1}
|
||||||
|
{\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}
|
||||||
|
{#1\isdot~\bibstring{edition}}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
% Handle urls field containing 'and' separated list of URLs
|
||||||
|
% https://github.com/plk/biblatex/issues/229
|
||||||
|
\DeclareListFormat{urls}{%
|
||||||
|
\url{#1}%
|
||||||
|
\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{liststop}}
|
||||||
|
{\addcomma\space}
|
||||||
|
{}}
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{url}{\iffieldundef{url}{\printlist{urls}}{\printfield{url}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%% Bibmacro definitions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{translator+others}{%
|
||||||
|
\ifboolexpr{
|
||||||
|
test \ifusetranslator
|
||||||
|
and
|
||||||
|
not test {\ifnameundef{translator}}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
{\printnames{translator}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{translator+othersstrg}%
|
||||||
|
\clearname{translator}}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{key}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\newbibmacro*{year}{%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{year}%
|
||||||
|
{\printtext{[n.\ d.]}}%
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{year}}%
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{date}{\printtext[parens]{\printdate}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{url+urldate}{\iffieldundef{urlyear}
|
||||||
|
{\iffieldundef{lastaccessed}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{lastaccessed}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}}%
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{urldate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{url}%
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{journal+issuetitle}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{journal}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{series}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\newunit%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{series}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addspace}}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{volume+number+date+pages+eid}%
|
||||||
|
\newcommaunit%
|
||||||
|
% \setunit{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{issue-issue}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcolon\space}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{issue}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\newbibmacro*{volume+number+date+pages+eid}{%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{number}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{articleno}
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcomma\space}
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date-ifmonth}
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{pages}%
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{numpages}}%
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{pages}}%
|
||||||
|
\newcommaunit%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{eid}}%
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{chapter+pages}{%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{chapter}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagespunct}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{pages}%
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{numpages}}%
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{pages}}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{%
|
||||||
|
\ifboolexpr{
|
||||||
|
test \ifuseeditor
|
||||||
|
and
|
||||||
|
not test {\ifnameundef{editor}}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
{\printnames{editor}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{editor+othersstrg}%
|
||||||
|
\clearname{editor}}
|
||||||
|
{\iflistundef{organization}{}{\printlist{organization}}}
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date+extradate}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\newbibmacro*{issue-issue}{%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{issue}%
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{issue}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date-ifmonth}%
|
||||||
|
}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\newbibmacro*{maintitle+booktitle+series+number}{%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{maintitle}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{maintitle}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{volume}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{part}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcolon\space}}}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{booktitle}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}
|
||||||
|
\printfield[parens]{series}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{number}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{articleno}
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{booktitle}{%
|
||||||
|
\ifboolexpr{
|
||||||
|
test {\iffieldundef{booktitle}}
|
||||||
|
and
|
||||||
|
test {\iffieldundef{booksubtitle}}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\printtext[booktitle]{%
|
||||||
|
\printfield[titlecase]{booktitle}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{booksubtitle}{}{
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield[titlecase]{booksubtitle}}%
|
||||||
|
}%
|
||||||
|
}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{booktitleaddon}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{volume+number+eid}{%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{number}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{articleno}
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{eid}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{publisher+location+date}{%
|
||||||
|
\printlist{publisher}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printlist{location}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date-ifmonth}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\newbibmacro{date-ifmonth}{%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{month}{}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date}
|
||||||
|
}%
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{institution+location+date}{%
|
||||||
|
\printlist{school}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printlist{institution}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printlist{location}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date-ifmonth}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{periodical}{%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{title}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\printtext[title]{%
|
||||||
|
\printfield[titlecase]{title}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield[titlecase]{subtitle}}}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{journal}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{issue}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{date}}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{issue}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date}}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{title+issuetitle}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{periodical}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{series}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{series}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addspace}}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{number}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{articleno}
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{eid}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{issue+date}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcolon\space}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{issue}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{doi+eprint+url}{%
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:url}
|
||||||
|
{\iffieldundef{doi}{
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{url+urldate}
|
||||||
|
}{\iffieldundef{distinctURL}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{url+urldate}}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:eprint}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{eprint}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:doi}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{doi}}
|
||||||
|
{}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%% Definitions for drivers (alphabetical)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit%
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{version}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{journal+issuetitle}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isbn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{maintitle+title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit%
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{edition}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{series+number}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{maintitle}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{part}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{volumes}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{pagetotal}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isbn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{author}%
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{author/translator+others}}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
% \usebibmacro{in:}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{author}{}%if undef then we already printed editor
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{edition}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{maintitle}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{part}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{volumes}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{series+number}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isbn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{in:}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{series+number}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{edition}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{maintitle}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{part}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{volumes}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isbn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inproceedings}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{in:}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle+series+number}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{event+venue+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{maintitle}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{part}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{volumes}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printlist{organization}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isbn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{manual}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author/editor+others}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{edition}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{series+number}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{type}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{version}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printlist{organization}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{pagetotal}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isbn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{misc}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{howpublished}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{type}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{version}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{organization+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{online}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{version}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printlist{organization}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date-ifmonth}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:eprint}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{eprint}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{url+urldate}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat[patent]{number}{Patent No.~#1}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{patent}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{type}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{number}%
|
||||||
|
\iflistundef{location}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\setunit*{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\printtext[parens]{%
|
||||||
|
\printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{location}}}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byholder}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{periodical}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{editor}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title+issuetitle}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{issn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{report}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{type}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{number}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{version}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{institution+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{pagetotal}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isrn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{thesis}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{type}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{institution+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{pagetotal}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isbn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
% Include support for software entries
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
\blx@inputonce{software.bbx}{biblatex style for software}{}{}{}{}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
% Handle ACM specific ArtifactSoftware entry exactly as the software entry (a soft alias will not work)
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
\DeclareStyleSourcemap{
|
||||||
|
\maps[datatype=bibtex]{
|
||||||
|
\map{
|
||||||
|
\step[typesource=artifactsoftware,typetarget=software]
|
||||||
|
\step[typesource=artifactdataset,typetarget=dataset]
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%% Compatibility with ACM bibtex formatting
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
% Show given name first in the reference list
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{given-family}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
% Produce a bibliography with small font size
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
\renewcommand*{\bibfont}{\bibliofont\footnotesize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
% Remove parentheses from date+extradate
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
\RequirePackage{xpatch}
|
||||||
|
\xpatchbibmacro{date+extradate}{%
|
||||||
|
\printtext[parens]%
|
||||||
|
}{%
|
||||||
|
\newblock\setunit*{.\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printtext%
|
||||||
|
}{}{}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%% Set option values for ACM style
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{
|
||||||
|
dashed=false, % Do not use dashes for bibliography items with the same set of authors
|
||||||
|
labeldate=year,
|
||||||
|
abbreviate=true,
|
||||||
|
dateabbrev=true,
|
||||||
|
isbn=true,
|
||||||
|
doi=true,
|
||||||
|
urldate=comp,
|
||||||
|
url=true,
|
||||||
|
maxbibnames=9,
|
||||||
|
maxcitenames=2,
|
||||||
|
backref=false,
|
||||||
|
sorting=nty,
|
||||||
|
halid=true,
|
||||||
|
swhid=true,
|
||||||
|
swlabels=true,
|
||||||
|
vcs=true,
|
||||||
|
license=false,
|
||||||
|
language=american
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
219
~samples/acmauthoryear.cbx
Normal file
219
~samples/acmauthoryear.cbx
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
|
|||||||
|
\ProvidesFile{acmauthoryear.cbx}[2022-02-14 v0.1]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\RequireCitationStyle{authoryear-comp}
|
||||||
|
\RequirePackage{xpatch}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
% Hyperlink citations like acmart natbib implementation
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
% From https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/27615/133551
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
% Combine label and labelyear links
|
||||||
|
\xpatchbibmacro{cite}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:label}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\printdelim{nonameyeardelim}}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite:labeldate+extradate}}
|
||||||
|
{\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldAlias{bibhyperref}{default}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite:label}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\printdelim{nonameyeardelim}}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite:labeldate+extradate}}}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\PackageWarning{biblatex-patch}
|
||||||
|
{Failed to patch cite bibmacro}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
% Include labelname in labelyear link
|
||||||
|
\xpatchbibmacro{cite}
|
||||||
|
{\printnames{labelname}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\printdelim{nameyeardelim}}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite:labeldate+extradate}}
|
||||||
|
{\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldAlias{bibhyperref}{default}%
|
||||||
|
\printnames{labelname}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\printdelim{nameyeardelim}}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite:labeldate+extradate}}}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\PackageWarning{biblatex-patch}
|
||||||
|
{Failed to patch cite bibmacro}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{textcite}{%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}
|
||||||
|
{\iffieldundef{shorthand}
|
||||||
|
{\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}\AND
|
||||||
|
\(\value{multicitecount}=0\OR\iffieldundef{postnote}\)}
|
||||||
|
{\setunit{\addcomma}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite:extradate}}
|
||||||
|
{\setunit{\compcitedelim}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite:labeldate+extradate}%
|
||||||
|
\savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}}
|
||||||
|
{\setunit{\compcitedelim}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}%
|
||||||
|
\global\undef\cbx@lastyear}}
|
||||||
|
{\ifnameundef{labelname}
|
||||||
|
{\iffieldundef{shorthand}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:label}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{%
|
||||||
|
\global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
|
||||||
|
\printdelim{nonameyeardelim}\bibopenbracket}%
|
||||||
|
\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{prenote}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite:labeldate+extradate}}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}
|
||||||
|
{\printnames{labelname}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{%
|
||||||
|
\global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
|
||||||
|
\printdelim{nameyeardelim}\bibopenbracket}%
|
||||||
|
\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{prenote}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{shorthand}
|
||||||
|
{\iffieldundef{labelyear}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:label}}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:labeldate+extradate}}%
|
||||||
|
\savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}%
|
||||||
|
\global\undef\cbx@lastyear}}%
|
||||||
|
\stepcounter{textcitecount}%
|
||||||
|
\savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{%
|
||||||
|
\ifbool{cbx:parens}
|
||||||
|
{\bibclosebracket\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\textcitedelim}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\xpatchbibmacro{textcite}
|
||||||
|
{\printnames{labelname}}
|
||||||
|
{\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printnames{labelname}}}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\PackageWarning{biblatex-patch}
|
||||||
|
{Failed to patch textcite bibmacro}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{postnote}%
|
||||||
|
\ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount}=\value{multicitetotal}}
|
||||||
|
{\setunit{}%
|
||||||
|
\printtext{%
|
||||||
|
\ifbool{cbx:parens}
|
||||||
|
{\bibclosebracket\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
|
||||||
|
{}}}
|
||||||
|
{\setunit{%
|
||||||
|
\ifbool{cbx:parens}
|
||||||
|
{\bibclosebracket\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\textcitedelim}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
% NEW
|
||||||
|
\newbibmacro*{citeauthor}{%
|
||||||
|
\ifnameundef{labelname}
|
||||||
|
{\iffieldundef{shorthand}
|
||||||
|
{\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{%
|
||||||
|
\global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
|
||||||
|
\printdelim{nonameyeardelim}\bibopenbracket}%
|
||||||
|
\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{prenote}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\printtext[bibhyperref]{\usebibmacro{cite:labeldate+extradate}}}
|
||||||
|
{\printtext[bibhyperref]{\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}}
|
||||||
|
\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printnames{labelname}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
% Put brackets around citations
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite}[\mkbibbrackets]
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{prenote}}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite}}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{postnote}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite}[\mkbibbrackets]
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{prenote}}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{citeyear}}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{postnote}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibbrackets]
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{prenote}}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite}}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{postnote}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibbrackets]
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{prenote}}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{citeyear}}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{postnote}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}[\mkbibbrackets]{\parencite}
|
||||||
|
{\setunit{\multicitedelim}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote]
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{prenote}}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite}}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{postnote}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext]
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{prenote}}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite}}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{postnote}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibbrackets\mkbibfootnote]
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{prenote}}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{cite}}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{postnote}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\smartcites}[\iffootnote\mkbibbrackets\mkbibfootnote]
|
||||||
|
{\smartcite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeauthor}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{prenote}}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{citeauthor}}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{postnote}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeyear}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{prenote}}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{citeyear}}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{postnote}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeyearpar}[\mkbibbrackets]
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{prenote}}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{citeyear}}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{postnote}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
% Provide aliases for natbib-compatible commands
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
\newcommand*{\citep}{\parencite}
|
||||||
|
\newcommand*{\citet}{\textcite}
|
||||||
|
% add others here
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\endinput
|
||||||
33
~samples/acmdatamodel.dbx
Normal file
33
~samples/acmdatamodel.dbx
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
|||||||
|
% Teach biblatex about numpages field
|
||||||
|
\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=literal]{numpages}
|
||||||
|
\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields{numpages}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
% Teach biblatex about articleno field
|
||||||
|
\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=literal]{articleno}
|
||||||
|
\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields{articleno}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
% Teach biblatex about urls field
|
||||||
|
\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=list, datatype=uri]{urls}
|
||||||
|
\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields{urls}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
% Teach biblatex about school field
|
||||||
|
\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=list, datatype=literal]{school}
|
||||||
|
\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields[thesis]{school}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=literal]{key}
|
||||||
|
\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields{key}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
% Teach biblatex about lastaccessed field
|
||||||
|
\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field,datatype=literal]{lastaccessed}
|
||||||
|
\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields{lastaccessed}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
% Teach biblatex about distincturl field
|
||||||
|
\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=literal]{distinctURL}
|
||||||
|
\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields{distinctURL}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
% include software data model from biblatex-software
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\blx@inputonce{software.dbx}{biblatex data model extension for software}{}{}{}{}
|
||||||
BIN
~samples/acmguide.pdf
Normal file
BIN
~samples/acmguide.pdf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
885
~samples/acmnumeric.bbx
Normal file
885
~samples/acmnumeric.bbx
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,885 @@
|
|||||||
|
\ProvidesFile{acmnumeric.bbx}[2017-09-27 v0.1 biblatex bibliography style]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
% Inherit a default style
|
||||||
|
\RequireBibliographyStyle{trad-plain}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%% Localisation strings for ACM
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DefineBibliographyStrings{american}{%
|
||||||
|
mathesis = {Master's thesis},
|
||||||
|
phdthesis = {Ph\adddot{}D\adddotspace Dissertation},
|
||||||
|
editor = {(Ed\adddot)},
|
||||||
|
editors = {(Eds\adddot)},
|
||||||
|
edition = {ed\adddot},
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%% Formatting for fields
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%\DeclareFieldFormat
|
||||||
|
% [article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,patent,thesis,unpublished]
|
||||||
|
% {title}{#1}
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{#1}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{numpages}{#1 pages}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{number}{#1}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{articleno}{Article #1}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{key}{#1}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{urldate}{Retrieved\space{}#1\space{}from}
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{lastaccessed}{Retrieved\space{}#1\space{}from}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{\url{#1}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{%
|
||||||
|
\printtext[parens]{\ifinteger{#1}
|
||||||
|
{\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}
|
||||||
|
{#1\isdot~\bibstring{edition}}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
% Handle urls field containing 'and' separated list of URLs
|
||||||
|
% https://github.com/plk/biblatex/issues/229
|
||||||
|
\DeclareListFormat{urls}{%
|
||||||
|
\url{#1}%
|
||||||
|
\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{liststop}}
|
||||||
|
{\addcomma\space}
|
||||||
|
{}}
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{url}{\iffieldundef{url}{\printlist{urls}}{\printfield{url}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%% Bibmacro definitions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{translator+others}{%
|
||||||
|
\ifboolexpr{
|
||||||
|
test \ifusetranslator
|
||||||
|
and
|
||||||
|
not test {\ifnameundef{translator}}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
{\printnames{translator}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{translator+othersstrg}%
|
||||||
|
\clearname{translator}}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{key}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\newbibmacro*{year}{%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{year}%
|
||||||
|
{\printtext{[n.\ d.]}}%
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{year}}%
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{date}{\printtext[parens]{\printdate}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{url+urldate}{\iffieldundef{urlyear}
|
||||||
|
{\iffieldundef{lastaccessed}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{lastaccessed}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}}%
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{urldate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{url}%
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{journal+issuetitle}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{journal}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{series}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\newunit%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{series}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addspace}}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{volume+number+date+pages+eid}%
|
||||||
|
\newcommaunit%
|
||||||
|
% \setunit{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{issue-issue}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcolon\space}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{issue}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\newbibmacro*{volume+number+date+pages+eid}{%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{number}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{articleno}
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcomma\space}
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date-ifmonth}
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{pages}%
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{numpages}}%
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{pages}}%
|
||||||
|
\newcommaunit%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{eid}}%
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{chapter+pages}{%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{chapter}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagespunct}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{pages}%
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{numpages}}%
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{pages}}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{%
|
||||||
|
\ifboolexpr{
|
||||||
|
test \ifuseeditor
|
||||||
|
and
|
||||||
|
not test {\ifnameundef{editor}}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
{\printnames{editor}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{editor+othersstrg}%
|
||||||
|
\clearname{editor}}
|
||||||
|
{\iflistundef{organization}{}{\printlist{organization}}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\newbibmacro*{issue-issue}{%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{issue}%
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{issue}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date-ifmonth}%
|
||||||
|
}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\newbibmacro*{maintitle+booktitle+series+number}{%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{maintitle}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{maintitle}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{volume}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{part}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcolon\space}}}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{booktitle}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}
|
||||||
|
\printfield[parens]{series}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{number}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{articleno}
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{booktitle}{%
|
||||||
|
\ifboolexpr{
|
||||||
|
test {\iffieldundef{booktitle}}
|
||||||
|
and
|
||||||
|
test {\iffieldundef{booksubtitle}}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\printtext[booktitle]{%
|
||||||
|
\printfield[titlecase]{booktitle}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{booksubtitle}{}{
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield[titlecase]{booksubtitle}}%
|
||||||
|
}%
|
||||||
|
}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{booktitleaddon}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{volume+number+eid}{%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{number}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{articleno}
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{eid}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{publisher+location+date}{%
|
||||||
|
\printlist{publisher}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printlist{location}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date-ifmonth}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\newbibmacro{date-ifmonth}{%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{month}{}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date}
|
||||||
|
}%
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{institution+location+date}{%
|
||||||
|
\printlist{school}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printlist{institution}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printlist{location}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date-ifmonth}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{periodical}{%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{title}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\printtext[title]{%
|
||||||
|
\printfield[titlecase]{title}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield[titlecase]{subtitle}}}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{journal}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{issue}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{date}}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{issue}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date}}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{title+issuetitle}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{periodical}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{series}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{series}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addspace}}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{number}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{articleno}
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{eid}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{issue+date}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\addcolon\space}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{issue}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\renewbibmacro*{doi+eprint+url}{%
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:url}
|
||||||
|
{\iffieldundef{doi}{
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{url+urldate}
|
||||||
|
}{\iffieldundef{distinctURL}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{url+urldate}}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:eprint}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{eprint}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:doi}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{doi}}
|
||||||
|
{}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%% Definitions for drivers (alphabetical)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{year}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit%
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{version}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{journal+issuetitle}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isbn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{year}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{maintitle+title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit%
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{edition}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{series+number}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{maintitle}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{part}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{volumes}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{pagetotal}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isbn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{author}%
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{author/translator+others}}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{year}
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
% \usebibmacro{in:}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{author}{}%if undef then we already printed editor
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{edition}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{maintitle}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{part}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{volumes}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{series+number}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isbn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{year}
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{in:}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{series+number}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{edition}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{maintitle}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{part}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{volumes}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isbn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inproceedings}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{year}
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{in:}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle+series+number}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{event+venue+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iffieldundef{maintitle}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{volume}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{part}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{volumes}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printlist{organization}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isbn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{manual}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author/editor+others}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{year}
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{edition}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{series+number}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{type}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{version}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printlist{organization}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{pagetotal}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isbn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{misc}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{year}
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{howpublished}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{type}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{version}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{organization+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{online}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{year}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{version}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printlist{organization}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date-ifmonth}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:eprint}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{eprint}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{url+urldate}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareFieldFormat[patent]{number}{Patent No.~#1}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{patent}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{year}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{type}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{number}%
|
||||||
|
\iflistundef{location}
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
{\setunit*{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\printtext[parens]{%
|
||||||
|
\printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{location}}}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byholder}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{periodical}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{editor}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{year}
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title+issuetitle}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byeditor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{issn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{report}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{year}
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{type}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit*{\addspace}%
|
||||||
|
\printfield{number}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{version}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{institution+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{pagetotal}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isrn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{thesis}{%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{begentry}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{author}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{year}
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{title}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printlist{language}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{type}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{institution+location+date}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit
|
||||||
|
\printfield{pagetotal}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:isbn}
|
||||||
|
{\printfield{isbn}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%
|
||||||
|
\setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\printfield{note}%
|
||||||
|
\newunit\newblock
|
||||||
|
\iftoggle{bbx:related}
|
||||||
|
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{related}}
|
||||||
|
{}%
|
||||||
|
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
% Include support for software entries
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
\blx@inputonce{software.bbx}{biblatex style for software}{}{}{}{}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
% Handle ACM specific ArtifactSoftware entry exactly as the software entry (a soft alias will not work)
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
\DeclareStyleSourcemap{
|
||||||
|
\maps[datatype=bibtex]{
|
||||||
|
\map{
|
||||||
|
\step[typesource=artifactsoftware,typetarget=software]
|
||||||
|
\step[typesource=artifactdataset,typetarget=dataset]
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
% Show given name first in the reference list
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{given-family}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
% Produce a bibliography with small font size
|
||||||
|
%
|
||||||
|
\renewcommand*{\bibfont}{\bibliofont\footnotesize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%% Set option values for ACM style
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{
|
||||||
|
labeldate=year,
|
||||||
|
abbreviate=true,
|
||||||
|
dateabbrev=true,
|
||||||
|
isbn=true,
|
||||||
|
doi=true,
|
||||||
|
urldate=comp,
|
||||||
|
url=true,
|
||||||
|
maxbibnames=9,
|
||||||
|
maxcitenames=2,
|
||||||
|
backref=false,
|
||||||
|
sorting=nty,
|
||||||
|
halid=true,
|
||||||
|
swhid=true,
|
||||||
|
swlabels=true,
|
||||||
|
vcs=true,
|
||||||
|
license=false,
|
||||||
|
language=american
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
5
~samples/acmnumeric.cbx
Normal file
5
~samples/acmnumeric.cbx
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
|||||||
|
\ProvidesFile{acmnumeric.cbx}[2017-09-27 v0.1]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\RequireCitationStyle{numeric}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\endinput
|
||||||
1643
~samples/sample-base.bib
Normal file
1643
~samples/sample-base.bib
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
BIN
~samples/sample-franklin.png
Normal file
BIN
~samples/sample-franklin.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 93 KiB |
827
~samples/sample-sigconf-authordraft.tex
Normal file
827
~samples/sample-sigconf-authordraft.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,827 @@
|
|||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This is file `sample-sigconf-authordraft.tex',
|
||||||
|
%% generated with the docstrip utility.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The original source files were:
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% samples.dtx (with options: `all,proceedings,bibtex,authordraft')
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For the copyright see the source file.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
|
||||||
|
%% with new filenames distinct from sample-sigconf-authordraft.tex.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
|
||||||
|
%% for copying and modification in the file samples.dtx.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
|
||||||
|
%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
|
||||||
|
%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
|
||||||
|
%% in the same archive or directory.)
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Commands for TeXCount
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \cite [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \citep [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \citet [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir table 0 1
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir table* 0 1
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir tabular [ignore] word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir displaymath 0 word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir math 0 word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir comment 0 0
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The first command in your LaTeX source must be the \documentclass
|
||||||
|
%% command.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For submission and review of your manuscript please change the
|
||||||
|
%% command to \documentclass[manuscript, screen, review]{acmart}.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% When submitting camera ready or to TAPS, please change the command
|
||||||
|
%% to \documentclass[sigconf]{acmart} or whichever template is required
|
||||||
|
%% for your publication.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf,authordraft]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% \BibTeX command to typeset BibTeX logo in the docs
|
||||||
|
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||||
|
\providecommand\BibTeX{{%
|
||||||
|
Bib\TeX}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%% Rights management information. This information is sent to you
|
||||||
|
%% when you complete the rights form. These commands have SAMPLE
|
||||||
|
%% values in them; it is your responsibility as an author to replace
|
||||||
|
%% the commands and values with those provided to you when you
|
||||||
|
%% complete the rights form.
|
||||||
|
\setcopyright{acmlicensed}
|
||||||
|
\copyrightyear{2018}
|
||||||
|
\acmYear{2018}
|
||||||
|
\acmDOI{XXXXXXX.XXXXXXX}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%% These commands are for a PROCEEDINGS abstract or paper.
|
||||||
|
\acmConference[Conference acronym 'XX]{Make sure to enter the correct
|
||||||
|
conference title from your rights confirmation emai}{June 03--05,
|
||||||
|
2018}{Woodstock, NY}
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Uncomment \acmBooktitle if the title of the proceedings is different
|
||||||
|
%% from ``Proceedings of ...''!
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%\acmBooktitle{Woodstock '18: ACM Symposium on Neural Gaze Detection,
|
||||||
|
%% June 03--05, 2018, Woodstock, NY}
|
||||||
|
\acmISBN{978-1-4503-XXXX-X/18/06}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Submission ID.
|
||||||
|
%% Use this when submitting an article to a sponsored event. You'll
|
||||||
|
%% receive a unique submission ID from the organizers
|
||||||
|
%% of the event, and this ID should be used as the parameter to this command.
|
||||||
|
%%\acmSubmissionID{123-A56-BU3}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For managing citations, it is recommended to use bibliography
|
||||||
|
%% files in BibTeX format.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% You can then either use BibTeX with the ACM-Reference-Format style,
|
||||||
|
%% or BibLaTeX with the acmnumeric or acmauthoryear sytles, that include
|
||||||
|
%% support for advanced citation of software artefact from the
|
||||||
|
%% biblatex-software package, also separately available on CTAN.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Look at the sample-*-biblatex.tex files for templates showcasing
|
||||||
|
%% the biblatex styles.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The majority of ACM publications use numbered citations and
|
||||||
|
%% references. The command \citestyle{authoryear} switches to the
|
||||||
|
%% "author year" style.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% If you are preparing content for an event
|
||||||
|
%% sponsored by ACM SIGGRAPH, you must use the "author year" style of
|
||||||
|
%% citations and references.
|
||||||
|
%% Uncommenting
|
||||||
|
%% the next command will enable that style.
|
||||||
|
%%\citestyle{acmauthoryear}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% end of the preamble, start of the body of the document source.
|
||||||
|
\begin{document}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The "title" command has an optional parameter,
|
||||||
|
%% allowing the author to define a "short title" to be used in page headers.
|
||||||
|
\title{The Name of the Title Is Hope}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The "author" command and its associated commands are used to define
|
||||||
|
%% the authors and their affiliations.
|
||||||
|
%% Of note is the shared affiliation of the first two authors, and the
|
||||||
|
%% "authornote" and "authornotemark" commands
|
||||||
|
%% used to denote shared contribution to the research.
|
||||||
|
\author{Ben Trovato}
|
||||||
|
\authornote{Both authors contributed equally to this research.}
|
||||||
|
\email{trovato@corporation.com}
|
||||||
|
\orcid{1234-5678-9012}
|
||||||
|
\author{G.K.M. Tobin}
|
||||||
|
\authornotemark[1]
|
||||||
|
\email{webmaster@marysville-ohio.com}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Institute for Clarity in Documentation}
|
||||||
|
\city{Dublin}
|
||||||
|
\state{Ohio}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Lars Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Group}
|
||||||
|
\city{Hekla}
|
||||||
|
\country{Iceland}}
|
||||||
|
\email{larst@affiliation.org}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Valerie B\'eranger}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Inria Paris-Rocquencourt}
|
||||||
|
\city{Rocquencourt}
|
||||||
|
\country{France}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Aparna Patel}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Rajiv Gandhi University}
|
||||||
|
\city{Doimukh}
|
||||||
|
\state{Arunachal Pradesh}
|
||||||
|
\country{India}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Huifen Chan}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Tsinghua University}
|
||||||
|
\city{Haidian Qu}
|
||||||
|
\state{Beijing Shi}
|
||||||
|
\country{China}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Charles Palmer}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Palmer Research Laboratories}
|
||||||
|
\city{San Antonio}
|
||||||
|
\state{Texas}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}}
|
||||||
|
\email{cpalmer@prl.com}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{John Smith}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Group}
|
||||||
|
\city{Hekla}
|
||||||
|
\country{Iceland}}
|
||||||
|
\email{jsmith@affiliation.org}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Julius P. Kumquat}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Kumquat Consortium}
|
||||||
|
\city{New York}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}}
|
||||||
|
\email{jpkumquat@consortium.net}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% By default, the full list of authors will be used in the page
|
||||||
|
%% headers. Often, this list is too long, and will overlap
|
||||||
|
%% other information printed in the page headers. This command allows
|
||||||
|
%% the author to define a more concise list
|
||||||
|
%% of authors' names for this purpose.
|
||||||
|
\renewcommand{\shortauthors}{Trovato et al.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The abstract is a short summary of the work to be presented in the
|
||||||
|
%% article.
|
||||||
|
\begin{abstract}
|
||||||
|
A clear and well-documented \LaTeX\ document is presented as an
|
||||||
|
article formatted for publication by ACM in a conference proceedings
|
||||||
|
or journal publication. Based on the ``acmart'' document class, this
|
||||||
|
article presents and explains many of the common variations, as well
|
||||||
|
as many of the formatting elements an author may use in the
|
||||||
|
preparation of the documentation of their work.
|
||||||
|
\end{abstract}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The code below is generated by the tool at http://dl.acm.org/ccs.cfm.
|
||||||
|
%% Please copy and paste the code instead of the example below.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
\begin{CCSXML}
|
||||||
|
<ccs2012>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.0000000.0000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>500</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>300</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>100</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>100</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
</ccs2012>
|
||||||
|
\end{CCSXML}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[500]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[300]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[100]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Keywords. The author(s) should pick words that accurately describe
|
||||||
|
%% the work being presented. Separate the keywords with commas.
|
||||||
|
\keywords{Do, Not, Us, This, Code, Put, the, Correct, Terms, for,
|
||||||
|
Your, Paper}
|
||||||
|
%% A "teaser" image appears between the author and affiliation
|
||||||
|
%% information and the body of the document, and typically spans the
|
||||||
|
%% page.
|
||||||
|
\begin{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{sampleteaser}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Seattle Mariners at Spring Training, 2010.}
|
||||||
|
\Description{Enjoying the baseball game from the third-base
|
||||||
|
seats. Ichiro Suzuki preparing to bat.}
|
||||||
|
\label{fig:teaser}
|
||||||
|
\end{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\received{20 February 2007}
|
||||||
|
\received[revised]{12 March 2009}
|
||||||
|
\received[accepted]{5 June 2009}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This command processes the author and affiliation and title
|
||||||
|
%% information and builds the first part of the formatted document.
|
||||||
|
\maketitle
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Introduction}
|
||||||
|
ACM's consolidated article template, introduced in 2017, provides a
|
||||||
|
consistent \LaTeX\ style for use across ACM publications, and
|
||||||
|
incorporates accessibility and metadata-extraction functionality
|
||||||
|
necessary for future Digital Library endeavors. Numerous ACM and
|
||||||
|
SIG-specific \LaTeX\ templates have been examined, and their unique
|
||||||
|
features incorporated into this single new template.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you are new to publishing with ACM, this document is a valuable
|
||||||
|
guide to the process of preparing your work for publication. If you
|
||||||
|
have published with ACM before, this document provides insight and
|
||||||
|
instruction into more recent changes to the article template.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class can be used to prepare articles
|
||||||
|
for any ACM publication --- conference or journal, and for any stage
|
||||||
|
of publication, from review to final ``camera-ready'' copy, to the
|
||||||
|
author's own version, with {\itshape very} few changes to the source.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Template Overview}
|
||||||
|
As noted in the introduction, the ``\verb|acmart|'' document class can
|
||||||
|
be used to prepare many different kinds of documentation --- a
|
||||||
|
double-anonymous initial submission of a full-length technical paper, a
|
||||||
|
two-page SIGGRAPH Emerging Technologies abstract, a ``camera-ready''
|
||||||
|
journal article, a SIGCHI Extended Abstract, and more --- all by
|
||||||
|
selecting the appropriate {\itshape template style} and {\itshape
|
||||||
|
template parameters}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This document will explain the major features of the document
|
||||||
|
class. For further information, the {\itshape \LaTeX\ User's Guide} is
|
||||||
|
available from
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/proceedings-template}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Template Styles}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The primary parameter given to the ``\verb|acmart|'' document class is
|
||||||
|
the {\itshape template style} which corresponds to the kind of publication
|
||||||
|
or SIG publishing the work. This parameter is enclosed in square
|
||||||
|
brackets and is a part of the {\verb|documentclass|} command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[STYLE]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Journals use one of three template styles. All but three ACM journals
|
||||||
|
use the {\verb|acmsmall|} template style:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmsmall}}: The default journal template style.
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmlarge}}: Used by JOCCH and TAP.
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmtog}}: Used by TOG.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The majority of conference proceedings documentation will use the {\verb|acmconf|} template style.
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{sigconf}}: The default proceedings template style.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{sigchi}}: Used for SIGCHI conference articles.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{sigplan}}: Used for SIGPLAN conference articles.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Template Parameters}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In addition to specifying the {\itshape template style} to be used in
|
||||||
|
formatting your work, there are a number of {\itshape template parameters}
|
||||||
|
which modify some part of the applied template style. A complete list
|
||||||
|
of these parameters can be found in the {\itshape \LaTeX\ User's Guide.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Frequently-used parameters, or combinations of parameters, include:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{anonymous,review}}: Suitable for a ``double-anonymous''
|
||||||
|
conference submission. Anonymizes the work and includes line
|
||||||
|
numbers. Use with the \texttt{\acmSubmissionID} command to print the
|
||||||
|
submission's unique ID on each page of the work.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{authorversion}}: Produces a version of the work suitable
|
||||||
|
for posting by the author.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{screen}}: Produces colored hyperlinks.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This document uses the following string as the first command in the
|
||||||
|
source file:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf,authordraft]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Modifications}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Modifying the template --- including but not limited to: adjusting
|
||||||
|
margins, typeface sizes, line spacing, paragraph and list definitions,
|
||||||
|
and the use of the \verb|\vspace| command to manually adjust the
|
||||||
|
vertical spacing between elements of your work --- is not allowed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
{\bfseries Your document will be returned to you for revision if
|
||||||
|
modifications are discovered.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Typefaces}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class requires the use of the
|
||||||
|
``Libertine'' typeface family. Your \TeX\ installation should include
|
||||||
|
this set of packages. Please do not substitute other typefaces. The
|
||||||
|
``\verb|lmodern|'' and ``\verb|ltimes|'' packages should not be used,
|
||||||
|
as they will override the built-in typeface families.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Title Information}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The title of your work should use capital letters appropriately -
|
||||||
|
\url{https://capitalizemytitle.com/} has useful rules for
|
||||||
|
capitalization. Use the {\verb|title|} command to define the title of
|
||||||
|
your work. If your work has a subtitle, define it with the
|
||||||
|
{\verb|subtitle|} command. Do not insert line breaks in your title.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your title is lengthy, you must define a short version to be used
|
||||||
|
in the page headers, to prevent overlapping text. The \verb|title|
|
||||||
|
command has a ``short title'' parameter:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\title[short title]{full title}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Authors and Affiliations}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Each author must be defined separately for accurate metadata
|
||||||
|
identification. As an exception, multiple authors may share one
|
||||||
|
affiliation. Authors' names should not be abbreviated; use full first
|
||||||
|
names wherever possible. Include authors' e-mail addresses whenever
|
||||||
|
possible.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Grouping authors' names or e-mail addresses, or providing an ``e-mail
|
||||||
|
alias,'' as shown below, is not acceptable:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\author{Brooke Aster, David Mehldau}
|
||||||
|
\email{dave,judy,steve@university.edu}
|
||||||
|
\email{firstname.lastname@phillips.org}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The \verb|authornote| and \verb|authornotemark| commands allow a note
|
||||||
|
to apply to multiple authors --- for example, if the first two authors
|
||||||
|
of an article contributed equally to the work.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your author list is lengthy, you must define a shortened version of
|
||||||
|
the list of authors to be used in the page headers, to prevent
|
||||||
|
overlapping text. The following command should be placed just after
|
||||||
|
the last \verb|\author{}| definition:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\renewcommand{\shortauthors}{McCartney, et al.}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
Omitting this command will force the use of a concatenated list of all
|
||||||
|
of the authors' names, which may result in overlapping text in the
|
||||||
|
page headers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The article template's documentation, available at
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/proceedings-template}, has a
|
||||||
|
complete explanation of these commands and tips for their effective
|
||||||
|
use.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Note that authors' addresses are mandatory for journal articles.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Rights Information}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Authors of any work published by ACM will need to complete a rights
|
||||||
|
form. Depending on the kind of work, and the rights management choice
|
||||||
|
made by the author, this may be copyright transfer, permission,
|
||||||
|
license, or an OA (open access) agreement.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Regardless of the rights management choice, the author will receive a
|
||||||
|
copy of the completed rights form once it has been submitted. This
|
||||||
|
form contains \LaTeX\ commands that must be copied into the source
|
||||||
|
document. When the document source is compiled, these commands and
|
||||||
|
their parameters add formatted text to several areas of the final
|
||||||
|
document:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item the ``ACM Reference Format'' text on the first page.
|
||||||
|
\item the ``rights management'' text on the first page.
|
||||||
|
\item the conference information in the page header(s).
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Rights information is unique to the work; if you are preparing several
|
||||||
|
works for an event, make sure to use the correct set of commands with
|
||||||
|
each of the works.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ACM Reference Format text is required for all articles over one
|
||||||
|
page in length, and is optional for one-page articles (abstracts).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{CCS Concepts and User-Defined Keywords}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Two elements of the ``acmart'' document class provide powerful
|
||||||
|
taxonomic tools for you to help readers find your work in an online
|
||||||
|
search.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ACM Computing Classification System ---
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/class-2012} --- is a set of
|
||||||
|
classifiers and concepts that describe the computing
|
||||||
|
discipline. Authors can select entries from this classification
|
||||||
|
system, via \url{https://dl.acm.org/ccs/ccs.cfm}, and generate the
|
||||||
|
commands to be included in the \LaTeX\ source.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
User-defined keywords are a comma-separated list of words and phrases
|
||||||
|
of the authors' choosing, providing a more flexible way of describing
|
||||||
|
the research being presented.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CCS concepts and user-defined keywords are required for for all
|
||||||
|
articles over two pages in length, and are optional for one- and
|
||||||
|
two-page articles (or abstracts).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Sectioning Commands}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Your work should use standard \LaTeX\ sectioning commands:
|
||||||
|
\verb|section|, \verb|subsection|, \verb|subsubsection|, and
|
||||||
|
\verb|paragraph|. They should be numbered; do not remove the numbering
|
||||||
|
from the commands.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Simulating a sectioning command by setting the first word or words of
|
||||||
|
a paragraph in boldface or italicized text is {\bfseries not allowed.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Tables}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class includes the ``\verb|booktabs|''
|
||||||
|
package --- \url{https://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs} --- for preparing
|
||||||
|
high-quality tables.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Table captions are placed {\itshape above} the table.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Because tables cannot be split across pages, the best placement for
|
||||||
|
them is typically the top of the page nearest their initial cite. To
|
||||||
|
ensure this proper ``floating'' placement of tables, use the
|
||||||
|
environment \textbf{table} to enclose the table's contents and the
|
||||||
|
table caption. The contents of the table itself must go in the
|
||||||
|
\textbf{tabular} environment, to be aligned properly in rows and
|
||||||
|
columns, with the desired horizontal and vertical rules. Again,
|
||||||
|
detailed instructions on \textbf{tabular} material are found in the
|
||||||
|
\textit{\LaTeX\ User's Guide}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Immediately following this sentence is the point at which
|
||||||
|
Table~\ref{tab:freq} is included in the input file; compare the
|
||||||
|
placement of the table here with the table in the printed output of
|
||||||
|
this document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\begin{table}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Frequency of Special Characters}
|
||||||
|
\label{tab:freq}
|
||||||
|
\begin{tabular}{ccl}
|
||||||
|
\toprule
|
||||||
|
Non-English or Math&Frequency&Comments\\
|
||||||
|
\midrule
|
||||||
|
\O & 1 in 1,000& For Swedish names\\
|
||||||
|
$\pi$ & 1 in 5& Common in math\\
|
||||||
|
\$ & 4 in 5 & Used in business\\
|
||||||
|
$\Psi^2_1$ & 1 in 40,000& Unexplained usage\\
|
||||||
|
\bottomrule
|
||||||
|
\end{tabular}
|
||||||
|
\end{table}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To set a wider table, which takes up the whole width of the page's
|
||||||
|
live area, use the environment \textbf{table*} to enclose the table's
|
||||||
|
contents and the table caption. As with a single-column table, this
|
||||||
|
wide table will ``float'' to a location deemed more
|
||||||
|
desirable. Immediately following this sentence is the point at which
|
||||||
|
Table~\ref{tab:commands} is included in the input file; again, it is
|
||||||
|
instructive to compare the placement of the table here with the table
|
||||||
|
in the printed output of this document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\begin{table*}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Some Typical Commands}
|
||||||
|
\label{tab:commands}
|
||||||
|
\begin{tabular}{ccl}
|
||||||
|
\toprule
|
||||||
|
Command &A Number & Comments\\
|
||||||
|
\midrule
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}author} & 100& Author \\
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}table}& 300 & For tables\\
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}table*}& 400& For wider tables\\
|
||||||
|
\bottomrule
|
||||||
|
\end{tabular}
|
||||||
|
\end{table*}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Always use midrule to separate table header rows from data rows, and
|
||||||
|
use it only for this purpose. This enables assistive technologies to
|
||||||
|
recognise table headers and support their users in navigating tables
|
||||||
|
more easily.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Math Equations}
|
||||||
|
You may want to display math equations in three distinct styles:
|
||||||
|
inline, numbered or non-numbered display. Each of the three are
|
||||||
|
discussed in the next sections.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Inline (In-text) Equations}
|
||||||
|
A formula that appears in the running text is called an inline or
|
||||||
|
in-text formula. It is produced by the \textbf{math} environment,
|
||||||
|
which can be invoked with the usual
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}begin\,\ldots{\char'134}end} construction or with
|
||||||
|
the short form \texttt{\$\,\ldots\$}. You can use any of the symbols
|
||||||
|
and structures, from $\alpha$ to $\omega$, available in
|
||||||
|
\LaTeX~\cite{Lamport:LaTeX}; this section will simply show a few
|
||||||
|
examples of in-text equations in context. Notice how this equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{math}
|
||||||
|
\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty}x=0
|
||||||
|
\end{math},
|
||||||
|
set here in in-line math style, looks slightly different when
|
||||||
|
set in display style. (See next section).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Display Equations}
|
||||||
|
A numbered display equation---one set off by vertical space from the
|
||||||
|
text and centered horizontally---is produced by the \textbf{equation}
|
||||||
|
environment. An unnumbered display equation is produced by the
|
||||||
|
\textbf{displaymath} environment.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Again, in either environment, you can use any of the symbols and
|
||||||
|
structures available in \LaTeX\@; this section will just give a couple
|
||||||
|
of examples of display equations in context. First, consider the
|
||||||
|
equation, shown as an inline equation above:
|
||||||
|
\begin{equation}
|
||||||
|
\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty}x=0
|
||||||
|
\end{equation}
|
||||||
|
Notice how it is formatted somewhat differently in
|
||||||
|
the \textbf{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
environment. Now, we'll enter an unnumbered equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
\sum_{i=0}^{\infty} x + 1
|
||||||
|
\end{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
and follow it with another numbered equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{equation}
|
||||||
|
\sum_{i=0}^{\infty}x_i=\int_{0}^{\pi+2} f
|
||||||
|
\end{equation}
|
||||||
|
just to demonstrate \LaTeX's able handling of numbering.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Figures}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|figure|'' environment should be used for figures. One or
|
||||||
|
more images can be placed within a figure. If your figure contains
|
||||||
|
third-party material, you must clearly identify it as such, as shown
|
||||||
|
in the example below.
|
||||||
|
\begin{figure}[h]
|
||||||
|
\centering
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{sample-franklin}
|
||||||
|
\caption{1907 Franklin Model D roadster. Photograph by Harris \&
|
||||||
|
Ewing, Inc. [Public domain], via Wikimedia
|
||||||
|
Commons. (\url{https://goo.gl/VLCRBB}).}
|
||||||
|
\Description{A woman and a girl in white dresses sit in an open car.}
|
||||||
|
\end{figure}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Your figures should contain a caption which describes the figure to
|
||||||
|
the reader.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Figure captions are placed {\itshape below} the figure.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Every figure should also have a figure description unless it is purely
|
||||||
|
decorative. These descriptions convey what’s in the image to someone
|
||||||
|
who cannot see it. They are also used by search engine crawlers for
|
||||||
|
indexing images, and when images cannot be loaded.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A figure description must be unformatted plain text less than 2000
|
||||||
|
characters long (including spaces). {\bfseries Figure descriptions
|
||||||
|
should not repeat the figure caption – their purpose is to capture
|
||||||
|
important information that is not already provided in the caption or
|
||||||
|
the main text of the paper.} For figures that convey important and
|
||||||
|
complex new information, a short text description may not be
|
||||||
|
adequate. More complex alternative descriptions can be placed in an
|
||||||
|
appendix and referenced in a short figure description. For example,
|
||||||
|
provide a data table capturing the information in a bar chart, or a
|
||||||
|
structured list representing a graph. For additional information
|
||||||
|
regarding how best to write figure descriptions and why doing this is
|
||||||
|
so important, please see
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/taps/describing-figures/}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{The ``Teaser Figure''}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A ``teaser figure'' is an image, or set of images in one figure, that
|
||||||
|
are placed after all author and affiliation information, and before
|
||||||
|
the body of the article, spanning the page. If you wish to have such a
|
||||||
|
figure in your article, place the command immediately before the
|
||||||
|
\verb|\maketitle| command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\begin{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{sampleteaser}
|
||||||
|
\caption{figure caption}
|
||||||
|
\Description{figure description}
|
||||||
|
\end{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Citations and Bibliographies}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The use of \BibTeX\ for the preparation and formatting of one's
|
||||||
|
references is strongly recommended. Authors' names should be complete
|
||||||
|
--- use full first names (``Donald E. Knuth'') not initials
|
||||||
|
(``D. E. Knuth'') --- and the salient identifying features of a
|
||||||
|
reference should be included: title, year, volume, number, pages,
|
||||||
|
article DOI, etc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The bibliography is included in your source document with these two
|
||||||
|
commands, placed just before the \verb|\end{document}| command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\bibliographystyle{ACM-Reference-Format}
|
||||||
|
\bibliography{bibfile}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
where ``\verb|bibfile|'' is the name, without the ``\verb|.bib|''
|
||||||
|
suffix, of the \BibTeX\ file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Citations and references are numbered by default. A small number of
|
||||||
|
ACM publications have citations and references formatted in the
|
||||||
|
``author year'' style; for these exceptions, please include this
|
||||||
|
command in the {\bfseries preamble} (before the command
|
||||||
|
``\verb|\begin{document}|'') of your \LaTeX\ source:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\citestyle{acmauthoryear}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Some examples. A paginated journal article \cite{Abril07}, an
|
||||||
|
enumerated journal article \cite{Cohen07}, a reference to an entire
|
||||||
|
issue \cite{JCohen96}, a monograph (whole book) \cite{Kosiur01}, a
|
||||||
|
monograph/whole book in a series (see 2a in spec. document)
|
||||||
|
\cite{Harel79}, a divisible-book such as an anthology or compilation
|
||||||
|
\cite{Editor00} followed by the same example, however we only output
|
||||||
|
the series if the volume number is given \cite{Editor00a} (so
|
||||||
|
Editor00a's series should NOT be present since it has no vol. no.),
|
||||||
|
a chapter in a divisible book \cite{Spector90}, a chapter in a
|
||||||
|
divisible book in a series \cite{Douglass98}, a multi-volume work as
|
||||||
|
book \cite{Knuth97}, a couple of articles in a proceedings (of a
|
||||||
|
conference, symposium, workshop for example) (paginated proceedings
|
||||||
|
article) \cite{Andler79, Hagerup1993}, a proceedings article with
|
||||||
|
all possible elements \cite{Smith10}, an example of an enumerated
|
||||||
|
proceedings article \cite{VanGundy07}, an informally published work
|
||||||
|
\cite{Harel78}, a couple of preprints \cite{Bornmann2019,
|
||||||
|
AnzarootPBM14}, a doctoral dissertation \cite{Clarkson85}, a
|
||||||
|
master's thesis: \cite{anisi03}, an online document / world wide web
|
||||||
|
resource \cite{Thornburg01, Ablamowicz07, Poker06}, a video game
|
||||||
|
(Case 1) \cite{Obama08} and (Case 2) \cite{Novak03} and \cite{Lee05}
|
||||||
|
and (Case 3) a patent \cite{JoeScientist001}, work accepted for
|
||||||
|
publication \cite{rous08}, 'YYYYb'-test for prolific author
|
||||||
|
\cite{SaeediMEJ10} and \cite{SaeediJETC10}. Other cites might
|
||||||
|
contain 'duplicate' DOI and URLs (some SIAM articles)
|
||||||
|
\cite{Kirschmer:2010:AEI:1958016.1958018}. Boris / Barbara Beeton:
|
||||||
|
multi-volume works as books \cite{MR781536} and \cite{MR781537}. A
|
||||||
|
couple of citations with DOIs:
|
||||||
|
\cite{2004:ITE:1009386.1010128,Kirschmer:2010:AEI:1958016.1958018}. Online
|
||||||
|
citations: \cite{TUGInstmem, Thornburg01, CTANacmart}.
|
||||||
|
Artifacts: \cite{R} and \cite{UMassCitations}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Acknowledgments}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Identification of funding sources and other support, and thanks to
|
||||||
|
individuals and groups that assisted in the research and the
|
||||||
|
preparation of the work should be included in an acknowledgment
|
||||||
|
section, which is placed just before the reference section in your
|
||||||
|
document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This section has a special environment:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\begin{acks}
|
||||||
|
...
|
||||||
|
\end{acks}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
so that the information contained therein can be more easily collected
|
||||||
|
during the article metadata extraction phase, and to ensure
|
||||||
|
consistency in the spelling of the section heading.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Authors should not prepare this section as a numbered or unnumbered {\verb|\section|}; please use the ``{\verb|acks|}'' environment.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Appendices}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your work needs an appendix, add it before the
|
||||||
|
``\verb|\end{document}|'' command at the conclusion of your source
|
||||||
|
document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Start the appendix with the ``\verb|appendix|'' command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\appendix
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
and note that in the appendix, sections are lettered, not
|
||||||
|
numbered. This document has two appendices, demonstrating the section
|
||||||
|
and subsection identification method.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Multi-language papers}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Papers may be written in languages other than English or include
|
||||||
|
titles, subtitles, keywords and abstracts in different languages (as a
|
||||||
|
rule, a paper in a language other than English should include an
|
||||||
|
English title and an English abstract). Use \verb|language=...| for
|
||||||
|
every language used in the paper. The last language indicated is the
|
||||||
|
main language of the paper. For example, a French paper with
|
||||||
|
additional titles and abstracts in English and German may start with
|
||||||
|
the following command
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf, language=english, language=german,
|
||||||
|
language=french]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The title, subtitle, keywords and abstract will be typeset in the main
|
||||||
|
language of the paper. The commands \verb|\translatedXXX|, \verb|XXX|
|
||||||
|
begin title, subtitle and keywords, can be used to set these elements
|
||||||
|
in the other languages. The environment \verb|translatedabstract| is
|
||||||
|
used to set the translation of the abstract. These commands and
|
||||||
|
environment have a mandatory first argument: the language of the
|
||||||
|
second argument. See \verb|sample-sigconf-i13n.tex| file for examples
|
||||||
|
of their usage.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{SIGCHI Extended Abstracts}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|sigchi-a|'' template style (available only in \LaTeX\ and
|
||||||
|
not in Word) produces a landscape-orientation formatted article, with
|
||||||
|
a wide left margin. Three environments are available for use with the
|
||||||
|
``\verb|sigchi-a|'' template style, and produce formatted output in
|
||||||
|
the margin:
|
||||||
|
\begin{description}
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{sidebar}:] Place formatted text in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{marginfigure}:] Place a figure in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{margintable}:] Place a table in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\end{description}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The acknowledgments section is defined using the "acks" environment
|
||||||
|
%% (and NOT an unnumbered section). This ensures the proper
|
||||||
|
%% identification of the section in the article metadata, and the
|
||||||
|
%% consistent spelling of the heading.
|
||||||
|
\begin{acks}
|
||||||
|
To Robert, for the bagels and explaining CMYK and color spaces.
|
||||||
|
\end{acks}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The next two lines define the bibliography style to be used, and
|
||||||
|
%% the bibliography file.
|
||||||
|
\bibliographystyle{ACM-Reference-Format}
|
||||||
|
\bibliography{sample-base}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% If your work has an appendix, this is the place to put it.
|
||||||
|
\appendix
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Research Methods}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Part One}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Morbi
|
||||||
|
malesuada, quam in pulvinar varius, metus nunc fermentum urna, id
|
||||||
|
sollicitudin purus odio sit amet enim. Aliquam ullamcorper eu ipsum
|
||||||
|
vel mollis. Curabitur quis dictum nisl. Phasellus vel semper risus, et
|
||||||
|
lacinia dolor. Integer ultricies commodo sem nec semper.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Part Two}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Etiam commodo feugiat nisl pulvinar pellentesque. Etiam auctor sodales
|
||||||
|
ligula, non varius nibh pulvinar semper. Suspendisse nec lectus non
|
||||||
|
ipsum convallis congue hendrerit vitae sapien. Donec at laoreet
|
||||||
|
eros. Vivamus non purus placerat, scelerisque diam eu, cursus
|
||||||
|
ante. Etiam aliquam tortor auctor efficitur mattis.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Online Resources}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Nam id fermentum dui. Suspendisse sagittis tortor a nulla mollis, in
|
||||||
|
pulvinar ex pretium. Sed interdum orci quis metus euismod, et sagittis
|
||||||
|
enim maximus. Vestibulum gravida massa ut felis suscipit
|
||||||
|
congue. Quisque mattis elit a risus ultrices commodo venenatis eget
|
||||||
|
dui. Etiam sagittis eleifend elementum.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Nam interdum magna at lectus dignissim, ac dignissim lorem
|
||||||
|
rhoncus. Maecenas eu arcu ac neque placerat aliquam. Nunc pulvinar
|
||||||
|
massa et mattis lacinia.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\end{document}
|
||||||
|
\endinput
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% End of file `sample-sigconf-authordraft.tex'.
|
||||||
868
~samples/sample-sigconf-i13n.tex
Normal file
868
~samples/sample-sigconf-i13n.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,868 @@
|
|||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This is file `sample-sigconf-i13n.tex',
|
||||||
|
%% generated with the docstrip utility.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The original source files were:
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% samples.dtx (with options: `all,proceedings,bibtex,sigconf-i13n')
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For the copyright see the source file.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
|
||||||
|
%% with new filenames distinct from sample-sigconf-i13n.tex.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
|
||||||
|
%% for copying and modification in the file samples.dtx.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
|
||||||
|
%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
|
||||||
|
%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
|
||||||
|
%% in the same archive or directory.)
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Commands for TeXCount
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \cite [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \citep [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \citet [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir table 0 1
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir table* 0 1
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir tabular [ignore] word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir displaymath 0 word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir math 0 word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir comment 0 0
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The first command in your LaTeX source must be the \documentclass
|
||||||
|
%% command.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For submission and review of your manuscript please change the
|
||||||
|
%% command to \documentclass[manuscript, screen, review]{acmart}.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% When submitting camera ready or to TAPS, please change the command
|
||||||
|
%% to \documentclass[sigconf]{acmart} or whichever template is required
|
||||||
|
%% for your publication.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf, language=french,
|
||||||
|
language=german, language=spanish, language=english]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% \BibTeX command to typeset BibTeX logo in the docs
|
||||||
|
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||||
|
\providecommand\BibTeX{{%
|
||||||
|
Bib\TeX}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%% Rights management information. This information is sent to you
|
||||||
|
%% when you complete the rights form. These commands have SAMPLE
|
||||||
|
%% values in them; it is your responsibility as an author to replace
|
||||||
|
%% the commands and values with those provided to you when you
|
||||||
|
%% complete the rights form.
|
||||||
|
\setcopyright{acmlicensed}
|
||||||
|
\copyrightyear{2018}
|
||||||
|
\acmYear{2018}
|
||||||
|
\acmDOI{XXXXXXX.XXXXXXX}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%% These commands are for a PROCEEDINGS abstract or paper.
|
||||||
|
\acmConference[Conference acronym 'XX]{Make sure to enter the correct
|
||||||
|
conference title from your rights confirmation emai}{June 03--05,
|
||||||
|
2018}{Woodstock, NY}
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Uncomment \acmBooktitle if the title of the proceedings is different
|
||||||
|
%% from ``Proceedings of ...''!
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%\acmBooktitle{Woodstock '18: ACM Symposium on Neural Gaze Detection,
|
||||||
|
%% June 03--05, 2018, Woodstock, NY}
|
||||||
|
\acmISBN{978-1-4503-XXXX-X/18/06}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Submission ID.
|
||||||
|
%% Use this when submitting an article to a sponsored event. You'll
|
||||||
|
%% receive a unique submission ID from the organizers
|
||||||
|
%% of the event, and this ID should be used as the parameter to this command.
|
||||||
|
%%\acmSubmissionID{123-A56-BU3}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For managing citations, it is recommended to use bibliography
|
||||||
|
%% files in BibTeX format.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% You can then either use BibTeX with the ACM-Reference-Format style,
|
||||||
|
%% or BibLaTeX with the acmnumeric or acmauthoryear sytles, that include
|
||||||
|
%% support for advanced citation of software artefact from the
|
||||||
|
%% biblatex-software package, also separately available on CTAN.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Look at the sample-*-biblatex.tex files for templates showcasing
|
||||||
|
%% the biblatex styles.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The majority of ACM publications use numbered citations and
|
||||||
|
%% references. The command \citestyle{authoryear} switches to the
|
||||||
|
%% "author year" style.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% If you are preparing content for an event
|
||||||
|
%% sponsored by ACM SIGGRAPH, you must use the "author year" style of
|
||||||
|
%% citations and references.
|
||||||
|
%% Uncommenting
|
||||||
|
%% the next command will enable that style.
|
||||||
|
%%\citestyle{acmauthoryear}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% end of the preamble, start of the body of the document source.
|
||||||
|
\begin{document}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The "title" command has an optional parameter,
|
||||||
|
%% allowing the author to define a "short title" to be used in page headers.
|
||||||
|
\title{The Name of the Title Is Hope}
|
||||||
|
\translatedtitle{french}{Le nom du titre est l'espoir}
|
||||||
|
\translatedtitle{german}{Der Name des Titels ist 'Hoffnung'}
|
||||||
|
\translatedtitle{spanish}{El nombre del título es esperanza}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The "author" command and its associated commands are used to define
|
||||||
|
%% the authors and their affiliations.
|
||||||
|
%% Of note is the shared affiliation of the first two authors, and the
|
||||||
|
%% "authornote" and "authornotemark" commands
|
||||||
|
%% used to denote shared contribution to the research.
|
||||||
|
\author{Ben Trovato}
|
||||||
|
\authornote{Both authors contributed equally to this research.}
|
||||||
|
\email{trovato@corporation.com}
|
||||||
|
\orcid{1234-5678-9012}
|
||||||
|
\author{G.K.M. Tobin}
|
||||||
|
\authornotemark[1]
|
||||||
|
\email{webmaster@marysville-ohio.com}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Institute for Clarity in Documentation}
|
||||||
|
\city{Dublin}
|
||||||
|
\state{Ohio}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Lars Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Group}
|
||||||
|
\city{Hekla}
|
||||||
|
\country{Iceland}}
|
||||||
|
\email{larst@affiliation.org}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Valerie B\'eranger}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Inria Paris-Rocquencourt}
|
||||||
|
\city{Rocquencourt}
|
||||||
|
\country{France}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Aparna Patel}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Rajiv Gandhi University}
|
||||||
|
\city{Doimukh}
|
||||||
|
\state{Arunachal Pradesh}
|
||||||
|
\country{India}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Huifen Chan}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Tsinghua University}
|
||||||
|
\city{Haidian Qu}
|
||||||
|
\state{Beijing Shi}
|
||||||
|
\country{China}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Charles Palmer}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Palmer Research Laboratories}
|
||||||
|
\city{San Antonio}
|
||||||
|
\state{Texas}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}}
|
||||||
|
\email{cpalmer@prl.com}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{John Smith}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Group}
|
||||||
|
\city{Hekla}
|
||||||
|
\country{Iceland}}
|
||||||
|
\email{jsmith@affiliation.org}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Julius P. Kumquat}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Kumquat Consortium}
|
||||||
|
\city{New York}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}}
|
||||||
|
\email{jpkumquat@consortium.net}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% By default, the full list of authors will be used in the page
|
||||||
|
%% headers. Often, this list is too long, and will overlap
|
||||||
|
%% other information printed in the page headers. This command allows
|
||||||
|
%% the author to define a more concise list
|
||||||
|
%% of authors' names for this purpose.
|
||||||
|
\renewcommand{\shortauthors}{Trovato et al.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The abstract is a short summary of the work to be presented in the
|
||||||
|
%% article.
|
||||||
|
\begin{abstract}
|
||||||
|
A clear and well-documented \LaTeX\ document is presented as an
|
||||||
|
article formatted for publication by ACM in a conference proceedings
|
||||||
|
or journal publication. Based on the ``acmart'' document class, this
|
||||||
|
article presents and explains many of the common variations, as well
|
||||||
|
as many of the formatting elements an author may use in the
|
||||||
|
preparation of the documentation of their work.
|
||||||
|
\end{abstract}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\begin{translatedabstract}{french}
|
||||||
|
Un document \LaTeX\ clair et bien documenté est présenté comme un
|
||||||
|
article formaté pour publication par ACM dans les actes d'une
|
||||||
|
conférence ou parution dans une revue. Basé sur la classe de
|
||||||
|
document ``acmart'', ce l'article présente et explique de nombreuses
|
||||||
|
variations courantes, ainsi que autant d'éléments de mise en forme
|
||||||
|
qu'un auteur peut utiliser dans le préparation de la documentation
|
||||||
|
de leur travail.
|
||||||
|
\end{translatedabstract}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\begin{translatedabstract}{german}
|
||||||
|
Es wird ein übersichtliches und gut dokumentiertes \LaTeX\-Dokument präsentiert,
|
||||||
|
welches für die Veröffentlichung durch ACM in einem Tagungsband oder
|
||||||
|
als Zeitschriftenpublikation formatiert wurde.
|
||||||
|
Basierend auf der Dokumentenklasse ``acmart'' präsentiert und erklärt dieser Artikel
|
||||||
|
viele der Formatierungselemente sowie auch viele der gängigen Variationen,
|
||||||
|
die ein Autor bei der Beschreibung seiner Arbeit verwenden darf.
|
||||||
|
\end{translatedabstract}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\begin{translatedabstract}{spanish}
|
||||||
|
Un documento \LaTeX\ claro y bien documentado se presenta como un
|
||||||
|
artículo formateado para su publicación por ACM en las actas de una
|
||||||
|
conferencia o publicación de una revista. Basado en la clase de
|
||||||
|
documento ``acmart'', este artículo presenta y explica muchas de las
|
||||||
|
variaciones comunes, así como tantos de los elementos de formato que
|
||||||
|
un autor puede usar en el preparación de la documentación de su
|
||||||
|
trabajo.
|
||||||
|
\end{translatedabstract}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The code below is generated by the tool at http://dl.acm.org/ccs.cfm.
|
||||||
|
%% Please copy and paste the code instead of the example below.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
\begin{CCSXML}
|
||||||
|
<ccs2012>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.0000000.0000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>500</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>300</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>100</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>100</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
</ccs2012>
|
||||||
|
\end{CCSXML}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[500]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[300]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[100]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Keywords. The author(s) should pick words that accurately describe
|
||||||
|
%% the work being presented. Separate the keywords with commas.
|
||||||
|
\keywords{Do, Not, Us, This, Code, Put, the, Correct, Terms, for,
|
||||||
|
Your, Paper}
|
||||||
|
\translatedkeywords{french}{ensembles de données,
|
||||||
|
réseaux de neurones,
|
||||||
|
détection du regard, marquage de texte}
|
||||||
|
\translatedkeywords{german}{Datensammlungen,
|
||||||
|
neuronale Netze, Blickerkennung, Textklassifizierung}
|
||||||
|
\translatedkeywords{spanish}{conjuntos de datos,
|
||||||
|
redes neuronales, detección de mirada, etiquetado de texto}
|
||||||
|
%% A "teaser" image appears between the author and affiliation
|
||||||
|
%% information and the body of the document, and typically spans the
|
||||||
|
%% page.
|
||||||
|
\begin{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{sampleteaser}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Seattle Mariners at Spring Training, 2010.}
|
||||||
|
\Description{Enjoying the baseball game from the third-base
|
||||||
|
seats. Ichiro Suzuki preparing to bat.}
|
||||||
|
\label{fig:teaser}
|
||||||
|
\end{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\received{20 February 2007}
|
||||||
|
\received[revised]{12 March 2009}
|
||||||
|
\received[accepted]{5 June 2009}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This command processes the author and affiliation and title
|
||||||
|
%% information and builds the first part of the formatted document.
|
||||||
|
\maketitle
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Introduction}
|
||||||
|
ACM's consolidated article template, introduced in 2017, provides a
|
||||||
|
consistent \LaTeX\ style for use across ACM publications, and
|
||||||
|
incorporates accessibility and metadata-extraction functionality
|
||||||
|
necessary for future Digital Library endeavors. Numerous ACM and
|
||||||
|
SIG-specific \LaTeX\ templates have been examined, and their unique
|
||||||
|
features incorporated into this single new template.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you are new to publishing with ACM, this document is a valuable
|
||||||
|
guide to the process of preparing your work for publication. If you
|
||||||
|
have published with ACM before, this document provides insight and
|
||||||
|
instruction into more recent changes to the article template.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class can be used to prepare articles
|
||||||
|
for any ACM publication --- conference or journal, and for any stage
|
||||||
|
of publication, from review to final ``camera-ready'' copy, to the
|
||||||
|
author's own version, with {\itshape very} few changes to the source.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Template Overview}
|
||||||
|
As noted in the introduction, the ``\verb|acmart|'' document class can
|
||||||
|
be used to prepare many different kinds of documentation --- a
|
||||||
|
double-anonymous initial submission of a full-length technical paper, a
|
||||||
|
two-page SIGGRAPH Emerging Technologies abstract, a ``camera-ready''
|
||||||
|
journal article, a SIGCHI Extended Abstract, and more --- all by
|
||||||
|
selecting the appropriate {\itshape template style} and {\itshape
|
||||||
|
template parameters}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This document will explain the major features of the document
|
||||||
|
class. For further information, the {\itshape \LaTeX\ User's Guide} is
|
||||||
|
available from
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/proceedings-template}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Template Styles}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The primary parameter given to the ``\verb|acmart|'' document class is
|
||||||
|
the {\itshape template style} which corresponds to the kind of publication
|
||||||
|
or SIG publishing the work. This parameter is enclosed in square
|
||||||
|
brackets and is a part of the {\verb|documentclass|} command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[STYLE]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Journals use one of three template styles. All but three ACM journals
|
||||||
|
use the {\verb|acmsmall|} template style:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmsmall}}: The default journal template style.
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmlarge}}: Used by JOCCH and TAP.
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmtog}}: Used by TOG.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The majority of conference proceedings documentation will use the {\verb|acmconf|} template style.
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{sigconf}}: The default proceedings template style.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{sigchi}}: Used for SIGCHI conference articles.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{sigplan}}: Used for SIGPLAN conference articles.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Template Parameters}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In addition to specifying the {\itshape template style} to be used in
|
||||||
|
formatting your work, there are a number of {\itshape template parameters}
|
||||||
|
which modify some part of the applied template style. A complete list
|
||||||
|
of these parameters can be found in the {\itshape \LaTeX\ User's Guide.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Frequently-used parameters, or combinations of parameters, include:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{anonymous,review}}: Suitable for a ``double-anonymous''
|
||||||
|
conference submission. Anonymizes the work and includes line
|
||||||
|
numbers. Use with the \texttt{\acmSubmissionID} command to print the
|
||||||
|
submission's unique ID on each page of the work.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{authorversion}}: Produces a version of the work suitable
|
||||||
|
for posting by the author.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{screen}}: Produces colored hyperlinks.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This document uses the following string as the first command in the
|
||||||
|
source file:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf, language=french,
|
||||||
|
language=german, language=spanish, language=english]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Modifications}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Modifying the template --- including but not limited to: adjusting
|
||||||
|
margins, typeface sizes, line spacing, paragraph and list definitions,
|
||||||
|
and the use of the \verb|\vspace| command to manually adjust the
|
||||||
|
vertical spacing between elements of your work --- is not allowed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
{\bfseries Your document will be returned to you for revision if
|
||||||
|
modifications are discovered.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Typefaces}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class requires the use of the
|
||||||
|
``Libertine'' typeface family. Your \TeX\ installation should include
|
||||||
|
this set of packages. Please do not substitute other typefaces. The
|
||||||
|
``\verb|lmodern|'' and ``\verb|ltimes|'' packages should not be used,
|
||||||
|
as they will override the built-in typeface families.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Title Information}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The title of your work should use capital letters appropriately -
|
||||||
|
\url{https://capitalizemytitle.com/} has useful rules for
|
||||||
|
capitalization. Use the {\verb|title|} command to define the title of
|
||||||
|
your work. If your work has a subtitle, define it with the
|
||||||
|
{\verb|subtitle|} command. Do not insert line breaks in your title.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your title is lengthy, you must define a short version to be used
|
||||||
|
in the page headers, to prevent overlapping text. The \verb|title|
|
||||||
|
command has a ``short title'' parameter:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\title[short title]{full title}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Authors and Affiliations}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Each author must be defined separately for accurate metadata
|
||||||
|
identification. As an exception, multiple authors may share one
|
||||||
|
affiliation. Authors' names should not be abbreviated; use full first
|
||||||
|
names wherever possible. Include authors' e-mail addresses whenever
|
||||||
|
possible.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Grouping authors' names or e-mail addresses, or providing an ``e-mail
|
||||||
|
alias,'' as shown below, is not acceptable:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\author{Brooke Aster, David Mehldau}
|
||||||
|
\email{dave,judy,steve@university.edu}
|
||||||
|
\email{firstname.lastname@phillips.org}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The \verb|authornote| and \verb|authornotemark| commands allow a note
|
||||||
|
to apply to multiple authors --- for example, if the first two authors
|
||||||
|
of an article contributed equally to the work.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your author list is lengthy, you must define a shortened version of
|
||||||
|
the list of authors to be used in the page headers, to prevent
|
||||||
|
overlapping text. The following command should be placed just after
|
||||||
|
the last \verb|\author{}| definition:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\renewcommand{\shortauthors}{McCartney, et al.}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
Omitting this command will force the use of a concatenated list of all
|
||||||
|
of the authors' names, which may result in overlapping text in the
|
||||||
|
page headers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The article template's documentation, available at
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/proceedings-template}, has a
|
||||||
|
complete explanation of these commands and tips for their effective
|
||||||
|
use.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Note that authors' addresses are mandatory for journal articles.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Rights Information}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Authors of any work published by ACM will need to complete a rights
|
||||||
|
form. Depending on the kind of work, and the rights management choice
|
||||||
|
made by the author, this may be copyright transfer, permission,
|
||||||
|
license, or an OA (open access) agreement.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Regardless of the rights management choice, the author will receive a
|
||||||
|
copy of the completed rights form once it has been submitted. This
|
||||||
|
form contains \LaTeX\ commands that must be copied into the source
|
||||||
|
document. When the document source is compiled, these commands and
|
||||||
|
their parameters add formatted text to several areas of the final
|
||||||
|
document:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item the ``ACM Reference Format'' text on the first page.
|
||||||
|
\item the ``rights management'' text on the first page.
|
||||||
|
\item the conference information in the page header(s).
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Rights information is unique to the work; if you are preparing several
|
||||||
|
works for an event, make sure to use the correct set of commands with
|
||||||
|
each of the works.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ACM Reference Format text is required for all articles over one
|
||||||
|
page in length, and is optional for one-page articles (abstracts).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{CCS Concepts and User-Defined Keywords}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Two elements of the ``acmart'' document class provide powerful
|
||||||
|
taxonomic tools for you to help readers find your work in an online
|
||||||
|
search.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ACM Computing Classification System ---
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/class-2012} --- is a set of
|
||||||
|
classifiers and concepts that describe the computing
|
||||||
|
discipline. Authors can select entries from this classification
|
||||||
|
system, via \url{https://dl.acm.org/ccs/ccs.cfm}, and generate the
|
||||||
|
commands to be included in the \LaTeX\ source.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
User-defined keywords are a comma-separated list of words and phrases
|
||||||
|
of the authors' choosing, providing a more flexible way of describing
|
||||||
|
the research being presented.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CCS concepts and user-defined keywords are required for for all
|
||||||
|
articles over two pages in length, and are optional for one- and
|
||||||
|
two-page articles (or abstracts).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Sectioning Commands}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Your work should use standard \LaTeX\ sectioning commands:
|
||||||
|
\verb|section|, \verb|subsection|, \verb|subsubsection|, and
|
||||||
|
\verb|paragraph|. They should be numbered; do not remove the numbering
|
||||||
|
from the commands.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Simulating a sectioning command by setting the first word or words of
|
||||||
|
a paragraph in boldface or italicized text is {\bfseries not allowed.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Tables}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class includes the ``\verb|booktabs|''
|
||||||
|
package --- \url{https://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs} --- for preparing
|
||||||
|
high-quality tables.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Table captions are placed {\itshape above} the table.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Because tables cannot be split across pages, the best placement for
|
||||||
|
them is typically the top of the page nearest their initial cite. To
|
||||||
|
ensure this proper ``floating'' placement of tables, use the
|
||||||
|
environment \textbf{table} to enclose the table's contents and the
|
||||||
|
table caption. The contents of the table itself must go in the
|
||||||
|
\textbf{tabular} environment, to be aligned properly in rows and
|
||||||
|
columns, with the desired horizontal and vertical rules. Again,
|
||||||
|
detailed instructions on \textbf{tabular} material are found in the
|
||||||
|
\textit{\LaTeX\ User's Guide}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Immediately following this sentence is the point at which
|
||||||
|
Table~\ref{tab:freq} is included in the input file; compare the
|
||||||
|
placement of the table here with the table in the printed output of
|
||||||
|
this document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\begin{table}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Frequency of Special Characters}
|
||||||
|
\label{tab:freq}
|
||||||
|
\begin{tabular}{ccl}
|
||||||
|
\toprule
|
||||||
|
Non-English or Math&Frequency&Comments\\
|
||||||
|
\midrule
|
||||||
|
\O & 1 in 1,000& For Swedish names\\
|
||||||
|
$\pi$ & 1 in 5& Common in math\\
|
||||||
|
\$ & 4 in 5 & Used in business\\
|
||||||
|
$\Psi^2_1$ & 1 in 40,000& Unexplained usage\\
|
||||||
|
\bottomrule
|
||||||
|
\end{tabular}
|
||||||
|
\end{table}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To set a wider table, which takes up the whole width of the page's
|
||||||
|
live area, use the environment \textbf{table*} to enclose the table's
|
||||||
|
contents and the table caption. As with a single-column table, this
|
||||||
|
wide table will ``float'' to a location deemed more
|
||||||
|
desirable. Immediately following this sentence is the point at which
|
||||||
|
Table~\ref{tab:commands} is included in the input file; again, it is
|
||||||
|
instructive to compare the placement of the table here with the table
|
||||||
|
in the printed output of this document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\begin{table*}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Some Typical Commands}
|
||||||
|
\label{tab:commands}
|
||||||
|
\begin{tabular}{ccl}
|
||||||
|
\toprule
|
||||||
|
Command &A Number & Comments\\
|
||||||
|
\midrule
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}author} & 100& Author \\
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}table}& 300 & For tables\\
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}table*}& 400& For wider tables\\
|
||||||
|
\bottomrule
|
||||||
|
\end{tabular}
|
||||||
|
\end{table*}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Always use midrule to separate table header rows from data rows, and
|
||||||
|
use it only for this purpose. This enables assistive technologies to
|
||||||
|
recognise table headers and support their users in navigating tables
|
||||||
|
more easily.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Math Equations}
|
||||||
|
You may want to display math equations in three distinct styles:
|
||||||
|
inline, numbered or non-numbered display. Each of the three are
|
||||||
|
discussed in the next sections.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Inline (In-text) Equations}
|
||||||
|
A formula that appears in the running text is called an inline or
|
||||||
|
in-text formula. It is produced by the \textbf{math} environment,
|
||||||
|
which can be invoked with the usual
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}begin\,\ldots{\char'134}end} construction or with
|
||||||
|
the short form \texttt{\$\,\ldots\$}. You can use any of the symbols
|
||||||
|
and structures, from $\alpha$ to $\omega$, available in
|
||||||
|
\LaTeX~\cite{Lamport:LaTeX}; this section will simply show a few
|
||||||
|
examples of in-text equations in context. Notice how this equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{math}
|
||||||
|
\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty}x=0
|
||||||
|
\end{math},
|
||||||
|
set here in in-line math style, looks slightly different when
|
||||||
|
set in display style. (See next section).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Display Equations}
|
||||||
|
A numbered display equation---one set off by vertical space from the
|
||||||
|
text and centered horizontally---is produced by the \textbf{equation}
|
||||||
|
environment. An unnumbered display equation is produced by the
|
||||||
|
\textbf{displaymath} environment.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Again, in either environment, you can use any of the symbols and
|
||||||
|
structures available in \LaTeX\@; this section will just give a couple
|
||||||
|
of examples of display equations in context. First, consider the
|
||||||
|
equation, shown as an inline equation above:
|
||||||
|
\begin{equation}
|
||||||
|
\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty}x=0
|
||||||
|
\end{equation}
|
||||||
|
Notice how it is formatted somewhat differently in
|
||||||
|
the \textbf{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
environment. Now, we'll enter an unnumbered equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
\sum_{i=0}^{\infty} x + 1
|
||||||
|
\end{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
and follow it with another numbered equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{equation}
|
||||||
|
\sum_{i=0}^{\infty}x_i=\int_{0}^{\pi+2} f
|
||||||
|
\end{equation}
|
||||||
|
just to demonstrate \LaTeX's able handling of numbering.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Figures}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|figure|'' environment should be used for figures. One or
|
||||||
|
more images can be placed within a figure. If your figure contains
|
||||||
|
third-party material, you must clearly identify it as such, as shown
|
||||||
|
in the example below.
|
||||||
|
\begin{figure}[h]
|
||||||
|
\centering
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{sample-franklin}
|
||||||
|
\caption{1907 Franklin Model D roadster. Photograph by Harris \&
|
||||||
|
Ewing, Inc. [Public domain], via Wikimedia
|
||||||
|
Commons. (\url{https://goo.gl/VLCRBB}).}
|
||||||
|
\Description{A woman and a girl in white dresses sit in an open car.}
|
||||||
|
\end{figure}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Your figures should contain a caption which describes the figure to
|
||||||
|
the reader.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Figure captions are placed {\itshape below} the figure.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Every figure should also have a figure description unless it is purely
|
||||||
|
decorative. These descriptions convey what’s in the image to someone
|
||||||
|
who cannot see it. They are also used by search engine crawlers for
|
||||||
|
indexing images, and when images cannot be loaded.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A figure description must be unformatted plain text less than 2000
|
||||||
|
characters long (including spaces). {\bfseries Figure descriptions
|
||||||
|
should not repeat the figure caption – their purpose is to capture
|
||||||
|
important information that is not already provided in the caption or
|
||||||
|
the main text of the paper.} For figures that convey important and
|
||||||
|
complex new information, a short text description may not be
|
||||||
|
adequate. More complex alternative descriptions can be placed in an
|
||||||
|
appendix and referenced in a short figure description. For example,
|
||||||
|
provide a data table capturing the information in a bar chart, or a
|
||||||
|
structured list representing a graph. For additional information
|
||||||
|
regarding how best to write figure descriptions and why doing this is
|
||||||
|
so important, please see
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/taps/describing-figures/}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{The ``Teaser Figure''}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A ``teaser figure'' is an image, or set of images in one figure, that
|
||||||
|
are placed after all author and affiliation information, and before
|
||||||
|
the body of the article, spanning the page. If you wish to have such a
|
||||||
|
figure in your article, place the command immediately before the
|
||||||
|
\verb|\maketitle| command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\begin{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{sampleteaser}
|
||||||
|
\caption{figure caption}
|
||||||
|
\Description{figure description}
|
||||||
|
\end{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Citations and Bibliographies}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The use of \BibTeX\ for the preparation and formatting of one's
|
||||||
|
references is strongly recommended. Authors' names should be complete
|
||||||
|
--- use full first names (``Donald E. Knuth'') not initials
|
||||||
|
(``D. E. Knuth'') --- and the salient identifying features of a
|
||||||
|
reference should be included: title, year, volume, number, pages,
|
||||||
|
article DOI, etc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The bibliography is included in your source document with these two
|
||||||
|
commands, placed just before the \verb|\end{document}| command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\bibliographystyle{ACM-Reference-Format}
|
||||||
|
\bibliography{bibfile}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
where ``\verb|bibfile|'' is the name, without the ``\verb|.bib|''
|
||||||
|
suffix, of the \BibTeX\ file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Citations and references are numbered by default. A small number of
|
||||||
|
ACM publications have citations and references formatted in the
|
||||||
|
``author year'' style; for these exceptions, please include this
|
||||||
|
command in the {\bfseries preamble} (before the command
|
||||||
|
``\verb|\begin{document}|'') of your \LaTeX\ source:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\citestyle{acmauthoryear}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Some examples. A paginated journal article \cite{Abril07}, an
|
||||||
|
enumerated journal article \cite{Cohen07}, a reference to an entire
|
||||||
|
issue \cite{JCohen96}, a monograph (whole book) \cite{Kosiur01}, a
|
||||||
|
monograph/whole book in a series (see 2a in spec. document)
|
||||||
|
\cite{Harel79}, a divisible-book such as an anthology or compilation
|
||||||
|
\cite{Editor00} followed by the same example, however we only output
|
||||||
|
the series if the volume number is given \cite{Editor00a} (so
|
||||||
|
Editor00a's series should NOT be present since it has no vol. no.),
|
||||||
|
a chapter in a divisible book \cite{Spector90}, a chapter in a
|
||||||
|
divisible book in a series \cite{Douglass98}, a multi-volume work as
|
||||||
|
book \cite{Knuth97}, a couple of articles in a proceedings (of a
|
||||||
|
conference, symposium, workshop for example) (paginated proceedings
|
||||||
|
article) \cite{Andler79, Hagerup1993}, a proceedings article with
|
||||||
|
all possible elements \cite{Smith10}, an example of an enumerated
|
||||||
|
proceedings article \cite{VanGundy07}, an informally published work
|
||||||
|
\cite{Harel78}, a couple of preprints \cite{Bornmann2019,
|
||||||
|
AnzarootPBM14}, a doctoral dissertation \cite{Clarkson85}, a
|
||||||
|
master's thesis: \cite{anisi03}, an online document / world wide web
|
||||||
|
resource \cite{Thornburg01, Ablamowicz07, Poker06}, a video game
|
||||||
|
(Case 1) \cite{Obama08} and (Case 2) \cite{Novak03} and \cite{Lee05}
|
||||||
|
and (Case 3) a patent \cite{JoeScientist001}, work accepted for
|
||||||
|
publication \cite{rous08}, 'YYYYb'-test for prolific author
|
||||||
|
\cite{SaeediMEJ10} and \cite{SaeediJETC10}. Other cites might
|
||||||
|
contain 'duplicate' DOI and URLs (some SIAM articles)
|
||||||
|
\cite{Kirschmer:2010:AEI:1958016.1958018}. Boris / Barbara Beeton:
|
||||||
|
multi-volume works as books \cite{MR781536} and \cite{MR781537}. A
|
||||||
|
couple of citations with DOIs:
|
||||||
|
\cite{2004:ITE:1009386.1010128,Kirschmer:2010:AEI:1958016.1958018}. Online
|
||||||
|
citations: \cite{TUGInstmem, Thornburg01, CTANacmart}.
|
||||||
|
Artifacts: \cite{R} and \cite{UMassCitations}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Acknowledgments}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Identification of funding sources and other support, and thanks to
|
||||||
|
individuals and groups that assisted in the research and the
|
||||||
|
preparation of the work should be included in an acknowledgment
|
||||||
|
section, which is placed just before the reference section in your
|
||||||
|
document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This section has a special environment:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\begin{acks}
|
||||||
|
...
|
||||||
|
\end{acks}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
so that the information contained therein can be more easily collected
|
||||||
|
during the article metadata extraction phase, and to ensure
|
||||||
|
consistency in the spelling of the section heading.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Authors should not prepare this section as a numbered or unnumbered {\verb|\section|}; please use the ``{\verb|acks|}'' environment.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Appendices}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your work needs an appendix, add it before the
|
||||||
|
``\verb|\end{document}|'' command at the conclusion of your source
|
||||||
|
document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Start the appendix with the ``\verb|appendix|'' command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\appendix
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
and note that in the appendix, sections are lettered, not
|
||||||
|
numbered. This document has two appendices, demonstrating the section
|
||||||
|
and subsection identification method.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Multi-language papers}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Papers may be written in languages other than English or include
|
||||||
|
titles, subtitles, keywords and abstracts in different languages (as a
|
||||||
|
rule, a paper in a language other than English should include an
|
||||||
|
English title and an English abstract). Use \verb|language=...| for
|
||||||
|
every language used in the paper. The last language indicated is the
|
||||||
|
main language of the paper. For example, a French paper with
|
||||||
|
additional titles and abstracts in English and German may start with
|
||||||
|
the following command
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf, language=english, language=german,
|
||||||
|
language=french]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The title, subtitle, keywords and abstract will be typeset in the main
|
||||||
|
language of the paper. The commands \verb|\translatedXXX|, \verb|XXX|
|
||||||
|
begin title, subtitle and keywords, can be used to set these elements
|
||||||
|
in the other languages. The environment \verb|translatedabstract| is
|
||||||
|
used to set the translation of the abstract. These commands and
|
||||||
|
environment have a mandatory first argument: the language of the
|
||||||
|
second argument. See \verb|sample-sigconf-i13n.tex| file for examples
|
||||||
|
of their usage.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{SIGCHI Extended Abstracts}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|sigchi-a|'' template style (available only in \LaTeX\ and
|
||||||
|
not in Word) produces a landscape-orientation formatted article, with
|
||||||
|
a wide left margin. Three environments are available for use with the
|
||||||
|
``\verb|sigchi-a|'' template style, and produce formatted output in
|
||||||
|
the margin:
|
||||||
|
\begin{description}
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{sidebar}:] Place formatted text in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{marginfigure}:] Place a figure in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{margintable}:] Place a table in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\end{description}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The acknowledgments section is defined using the "acks" environment
|
||||||
|
%% (and NOT an unnumbered section). This ensures the proper
|
||||||
|
%% identification of the section in the article metadata, and the
|
||||||
|
%% consistent spelling of the heading.
|
||||||
|
\begin{acks}
|
||||||
|
To Robert, for the bagels and explaining CMYK and color spaces.
|
||||||
|
\end{acks}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The next two lines define the bibliography style to be used, and
|
||||||
|
%% the bibliography file.
|
||||||
|
\bibliographystyle{ACM-Reference-Format}
|
||||||
|
\bibliography{sample-base}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% If your work has an appendix, this is the place to put it.
|
||||||
|
\appendix
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Research Methods}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Part One}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Morbi
|
||||||
|
malesuada, quam in pulvinar varius, metus nunc fermentum urna, id
|
||||||
|
sollicitudin purus odio sit amet enim. Aliquam ullamcorper eu ipsum
|
||||||
|
vel mollis. Curabitur quis dictum nisl. Phasellus vel semper risus, et
|
||||||
|
lacinia dolor. Integer ultricies commodo sem nec semper.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Part Two}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Etiam commodo feugiat nisl pulvinar pellentesque. Etiam auctor sodales
|
||||||
|
ligula, non varius nibh pulvinar semper. Suspendisse nec lectus non
|
||||||
|
ipsum convallis congue hendrerit vitae sapien. Donec at laoreet
|
||||||
|
eros. Vivamus non purus placerat, scelerisque diam eu, cursus
|
||||||
|
ante. Etiam aliquam tortor auctor efficitur mattis.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Online Resources}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Nam id fermentum dui. Suspendisse sagittis tortor a nulla mollis, in
|
||||||
|
pulvinar ex pretium. Sed interdum orci quis metus euismod, et sagittis
|
||||||
|
enim maximus. Vestibulum gravida massa ut felis suscipit
|
||||||
|
congue. Quisque mattis elit a risus ultrices commodo venenatis eget
|
||||||
|
dui. Etiam sagittis eleifend elementum.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Nam interdum magna at lectus dignissim, ac dignissim lorem
|
||||||
|
rhoncus. Maecenas eu arcu ac neque placerat aliquam. Nunc pulvinar
|
||||||
|
massa et mattis lacinia.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\end{document}
|
||||||
|
\endinput
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% End of file `sample-sigconf-i13n.tex'.
|
||||||
827
~samples/sample-sigconf-lualatex.tex
Normal file
827
~samples/sample-sigconf-lualatex.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,827 @@
|
|||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This is file `sample-sigconf-lualatex.tex',
|
||||||
|
%% generated with the docstrip utility.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The original source files were:
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% samples.dtx (with options: `all,proceedings,bibtex,sigconf')
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For the copyright see the source file.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
|
||||||
|
%% with new filenames distinct from sample-sigconf-lualatex.tex.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
|
||||||
|
%% for copying and modification in the file samples.dtx.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
|
||||||
|
%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
|
||||||
|
%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
|
||||||
|
%% in the same archive or directory.)
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Commands for TeXCount
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \cite [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \citep [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \citet [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir table 0 1
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir table* 0 1
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir tabular [ignore] word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir displaymath 0 word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir math 0 word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir comment 0 0
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The first command in your LaTeX source must be the \documentclass
|
||||||
|
%% command.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For submission and review of your manuscript please change the
|
||||||
|
%% command to \documentclass[manuscript, screen, review]{acmart}.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% When submitting camera ready or to TAPS, please change the command
|
||||||
|
%% to \documentclass[sigconf]{acmart} or whichever template is required
|
||||||
|
%% for your publication.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% \BibTeX command to typeset BibTeX logo in the docs
|
||||||
|
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||||
|
\providecommand\BibTeX{{%
|
||||||
|
Bib\TeX}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%% Rights management information. This information is sent to you
|
||||||
|
%% when you complete the rights form. These commands have SAMPLE
|
||||||
|
%% values in them; it is your responsibility as an author to replace
|
||||||
|
%% the commands and values with those provided to you when you
|
||||||
|
%% complete the rights form.
|
||||||
|
\setcopyright{acmlicensed}
|
||||||
|
\copyrightyear{2018}
|
||||||
|
\acmYear{2018}
|
||||||
|
\acmDOI{XXXXXXX.XXXXXXX}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%% These commands are for a PROCEEDINGS abstract or paper.
|
||||||
|
\acmConference[Conference acronym 'XX]{Make sure to enter the correct
|
||||||
|
conference title from your rights confirmation emai}{June 03--05,
|
||||||
|
2018}{Woodstock, NY}
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Uncomment \acmBooktitle if the title of the proceedings is different
|
||||||
|
%% from ``Proceedings of ...''!
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%\acmBooktitle{Woodstock '18: ACM Symposium on Neural Gaze Detection,
|
||||||
|
%% June 03--05, 2018, Woodstock, NY}
|
||||||
|
\acmISBN{978-1-4503-XXXX-X/18/06}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Submission ID.
|
||||||
|
%% Use this when submitting an article to a sponsored event. You'll
|
||||||
|
%% receive a unique submission ID from the organizers
|
||||||
|
%% of the event, and this ID should be used as the parameter to this command.
|
||||||
|
%%\acmSubmissionID{123-A56-BU3}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For managing citations, it is recommended to use bibliography
|
||||||
|
%% files in BibTeX format.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% You can then either use BibTeX with the ACM-Reference-Format style,
|
||||||
|
%% or BibLaTeX with the acmnumeric or acmauthoryear sytles, that include
|
||||||
|
%% support for advanced citation of software artefact from the
|
||||||
|
%% biblatex-software package, also separately available on CTAN.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Look at the sample-*-biblatex.tex files for templates showcasing
|
||||||
|
%% the biblatex styles.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The majority of ACM publications use numbered citations and
|
||||||
|
%% references. The command \citestyle{authoryear} switches to the
|
||||||
|
%% "author year" style.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% If you are preparing content for an event
|
||||||
|
%% sponsored by ACM SIGGRAPH, you must use the "author year" style of
|
||||||
|
%% citations and references.
|
||||||
|
%% Uncommenting
|
||||||
|
%% the next command will enable that style.
|
||||||
|
%%\citestyle{acmauthoryear}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% end of the preamble, start of the body of the document source.
|
||||||
|
\begin{document}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The "title" command has an optional parameter,
|
||||||
|
%% allowing the author to define a "short title" to be used in page headers.
|
||||||
|
\title{The Name of the Title Is Hope}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The "author" command and its associated commands are used to define
|
||||||
|
%% the authors and their affiliations.
|
||||||
|
%% Of note is the shared affiliation of the first two authors, and the
|
||||||
|
%% "authornote" and "authornotemark" commands
|
||||||
|
%% used to denote shared contribution to the research.
|
||||||
|
\author{Ben Trovato}
|
||||||
|
\authornote{Both authors contributed equally to this research.}
|
||||||
|
\email{trovato@corporation.com}
|
||||||
|
\orcid{1234-5678-9012}
|
||||||
|
\author{G.K.M. Tobin}
|
||||||
|
\authornotemark[1]
|
||||||
|
\email{webmaster@marysville-ohio.com}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Institute for Clarity in Documentation}
|
||||||
|
\city{Dublin}
|
||||||
|
\state{Ohio}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Lars Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Group}
|
||||||
|
\city{Hekla}
|
||||||
|
\country{Iceland}}
|
||||||
|
\email{larst@affiliation.org}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Valerie B\'eranger}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Inria Paris-Rocquencourt}
|
||||||
|
\city{Rocquencourt}
|
||||||
|
\country{France}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Aparna Patel}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Rajiv Gandhi University}
|
||||||
|
\city{Doimukh}
|
||||||
|
\state{Arunachal Pradesh}
|
||||||
|
\country{India}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Huifen Chan}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Tsinghua University}
|
||||||
|
\city{Haidian Qu}
|
||||||
|
\state{Beijing Shi}
|
||||||
|
\country{China}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Charles Palmer}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Palmer Research Laboratories}
|
||||||
|
\city{San Antonio}
|
||||||
|
\state{Texas}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}}
|
||||||
|
\email{cpalmer@prl.com}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{John Smith}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Group}
|
||||||
|
\city{Hekla}
|
||||||
|
\country{Iceland}}
|
||||||
|
\email{jsmith@affiliation.org}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Julius P. Kumquat}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Kumquat Consortium}
|
||||||
|
\city{New York}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}}
|
||||||
|
\email{jpkumquat@consortium.net}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% By default, the full list of authors will be used in the page
|
||||||
|
%% headers. Often, this list is too long, and will overlap
|
||||||
|
%% other information printed in the page headers. This command allows
|
||||||
|
%% the author to define a more concise list
|
||||||
|
%% of authors' names for this purpose.
|
||||||
|
\renewcommand{\shortauthors}{Trovato et al.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The abstract is a short summary of the work to be presented in the
|
||||||
|
%% article.
|
||||||
|
\begin{abstract}
|
||||||
|
A clear and well-documented \LaTeX\ document is presented as an
|
||||||
|
article formatted for publication by ACM in a conference proceedings
|
||||||
|
or journal publication. Based on the ``acmart'' document class, this
|
||||||
|
article presents and explains many of the common variations, as well
|
||||||
|
as many of the formatting elements an author may use in the
|
||||||
|
preparation of the documentation of their work.
|
||||||
|
\end{abstract}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The code below is generated by the tool at http://dl.acm.org/ccs.cfm.
|
||||||
|
%% Please copy and paste the code instead of the example below.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
\begin{CCSXML}
|
||||||
|
<ccs2012>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.0000000.0000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>500</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>300</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>100</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>100</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
</ccs2012>
|
||||||
|
\end{CCSXML}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[500]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[300]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[100]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Keywords. The author(s) should pick words that accurately describe
|
||||||
|
%% the work being presented. Separate the keywords with commas.
|
||||||
|
\keywords{Do, Not, Us, This, Code, Put, the, Correct, Terms, for,
|
||||||
|
Your, Paper}
|
||||||
|
%% A "teaser" image appears between the author and affiliation
|
||||||
|
%% information and the body of the document, and typically spans the
|
||||||
|
%% page.
|
||||||
|
\begin{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{sampleteaser}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Seattle Mariners at Spring Training, 2010.}
|
||||||
|
\Description{Enjoying the baseball game from the third-base
|
||||||
|
seats. Ichiro Suzuki preparing to bat.}
|
||||||
|
\label{fig:teaser}
|
||||||
|
\end{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\received{20 February 2007}
|
||||||
|
\received[revised]{12 March 2009}
|
||||||
|
\received[accepted]{5 June 2009}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This command processes the author and affiliation and title
|
||||||
|
%% information and builds the first part of the formatted document.
|
||||||
|
\maketitle
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Introduction}
|
||||||
|
ACM's consolidated article template, introduced in 2017, provides a
|
||||||
|
consistent \LaTeX\ style for use across ACM publications, and
|
||||||
|
incorporates accessibility and metadata-extraction functionality
|
||||||
|
necessary for future Digital Library endeavors. Numerous ACM and
|
||||||
|
SIG-specific \LaTeX\ templates have been examined, and their unique
|
||||||
|
features incorporated into this single new template.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you are new to publishing with ACM, this document is a valuable
|
||||||
|
guide to the process of preparing your work for publication. If you
|
||||||
|
have published with ACM before, this document provides insight and
|
||||||
|
instruction into more recent changes to the article template.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class can be used to prepare articles
|
||||||
|
for any ACM publication --- conference or journal, and for any stage
|
||||||
|
of publication, from review to final ``camera-ready'' copy, to the
|
||||||
|
author's own version, with {\itshape very} few changes to the source.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Template Overview}
|
||||||
|
As noted in the introduction, the ``\verb|acmart|'' document class can
|
||||||
|
be used to prepare many different kinds of documentation --- a
|
||||||
|
double-anonymous initial submission of a full-length technical paper, a
|
||||||
|
two-page SIGGRAPH Emerging Technologies abstract, a ``camera-ready''
|
||||||
|
journal article, a SIGCHI Extended Abstract, and more --- all by
|
||||||
|
selecting the appropriate {\itshape template style} and {\itshape
|
||||||
|
template parameters}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This document will explain the major features of the document
|
||||||
|
class. For further information, the {\itshape \LaTeX\ User's Guide} is
|
||||||
|
available from
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/proceedings-template}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Template Styles}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The primary parameter given to the ``\verb|acmart|'' document class is
|
||||||
|
the {\itshape template style} which corresponds to the kind of publication
|
||||||
|
or SIG publishing the work. This parameter is enclosed in square
|
||||||
|
brackets and is a part of the {\verb|documentclass|} command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[STYLE]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Journals use one of three template styles. All but three ACM journals
|
||||||
|
use the {\verb|acmsmall|} template style:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmsmall}}: The default journal template style.
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmlarge}}: Used by JOCCH and TAP.
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmtog}}: Used by TOG.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The majority of conference proceedings documentation will use the {\verb|acmconf|} template style.
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{sigconf}}: The default proceedings template style.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{sigchi}}: Used for SIGCHI conference articles.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{sigplan}}: Used for SIGPLAN conference articles.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Template Parameters}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In addition to specifying the {\itshape template style} to be used in
|
||||||
|
formatting your work, there are a number of {\itshape template parameters}
|
||||||
|
which modify some part of the applied template style. A complete list
|
||||||
|
of these parameters can be found in the {\itshape \LaTeX\ User's Guide.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Frequently-used parameters, or combinations of parameters, include:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{anonymous,review}}: Suitable for a ``double-anonymous''
|
||||||
|
conference submission. Anonymizes the work and includes line
|
||||||
|
numbers. Use with the \texttt{\acmSubmissionID} command to print the
|
||||||
|
submission's unique ID on each page of the work.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{authorversion}}: Produces a version of the work suitable
|
||||||
|
for posting by the author.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{screen}}: Produces colored hyperlinks.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This document uses the following string as the first command in the
|
||||||
|
source file:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Modifications}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Modifying the template --- including but not limited to: adjusting
|
||||||
|
margins, typeface sizes, line spacing, paragraph and list definitions,
|
||||||
|
and the use of the \verb|\vspace| command to manually adjust the
|
||||||
|
vertical spacing between elements of your work --- is not allowed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
{\bfseries Your document will be returned to you for revision if
|
||||||
|
modifications are discovered.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Typefaces}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class requires the use of the
|
||||||
|
``Libertine'' typeface family. Your \TeX\ installation should include
|
||||||
|
this set of packages. Please do not substitute other typefaces. The
|
||||||
|
``\verb|lmodern|'' and ``\verb|ltimes|'' packages should not be used,
|
||||||
|
as they will override the built-in typeface families.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Title Information}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The title of your work should use capital letters appropriately -
|
||||||
|
\url{https://capitalizemytitle.com/} has useful rules for
|
||||||
|
capitalization. Use the {\verb|title|} command to define the title of
|
||||||
|
your work. If your work has a subtitle, define it with the
|
||||||
|
{\verb|subtitle|} command. Do not insert line breaks in your title.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your title is lengthy, you must define a short version to be used
|
||||||
|
in the page headers, to prevent overlapping text. The \verb|title|
|
||||||
|
command has a ``short title'' parameter:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\title[short title]{full title}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Authors and Affiliations}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Each author must be defined separately for accurate metadata
|
||||||
|
identification. As an exception, multiple authors may share one
|
||||||
|
affiliation. Authors' names should not be abbreviated; use full first
|
||||||
|
names wherever possible. Include authors' e-mail addresses whenever
|
||||||
|
possible.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Grouping authors' names or e-mail addresses, or providing an ``e-mail
|
||||||
|
alias,'' as shown below, is not acceptable:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\author{Brooke Aster, David Mehldau}
|
||||||
|
\email{dave,judy,steve@university.edu}
|
||||||
|
\email{firstname.lastname@phillips.org}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The \verb|authornote| and \verb|authornotemark| commands allow a note
|
||||||
|
to apply to multiple authors --- for example, if the first two authors
|
||||||
|
of an article contributed equally to the work.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your author list is lengthy, you must define a shortened version of
|
||||||
|
the list of authors to be used in the page headers, to prevent
|
||||||
|
overlapping text. The following command should be placed just after
|
||||||
|
the last \verb|\author{}| definition:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\renewcommand{\shortauthors}{McCartney, et al.}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
Omitting this command will force the use of a concatenated list of all
|
||||||
|
of the authors' names, which may result in overlapping text in the
|
||||||
|
page headers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The article template's documentation, available at
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/proceedings-template}, has a
|
||||||
|
complete explanation of these commands and tips for their effective
|
||||||
|
use.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Note that authors' addresses are mandatory for journal articles.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Rights Information}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Authors of any work published by ACM will need to complete a rights
|
||||||
|
form. Depending on the kind of work, and the rights management choice
|
||||||
|
made by the author, this may be copyright transfer, permission,
|
||||||
|
license, or an OA (open access) agreement.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Regardless of the rights management choice, the author will receive a
|
||||||
|
copy of the completed rights form once it has been submitted. This
|
||||||
|
form contains \LaTeX\ commands that must be copied into the source
|
||||||
|
document. When the document source is compiled, these commands and
|
||||||
|
their parameters add formatted text to several areas of the final
|
||||||
|
document:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item the ``ACM Reference Format'' text on the first page.
|
||||||
|
\item the ``rights management'' text on the first page.
|
||||||
|
\item the conference information in the page header(s).
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Rights information is unique to the work; if you are preparing several
|
||||||
|
works for an event, make sure to use the correct set of commands with
|
||||||
|
each of the works.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ACM Reference Format text is required for all articles over one
|
||||||
|
page in length, and is optional for one-page articles (abstracts).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{CCS Concepts and User-Defined Keywords}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Two elements of the ``acmart'' document class provide powerful
|
||||||
|
taxonomic tools for you to help readers find your work in an online
|
||||||
|
search.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ACM Computing Classification System ---
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/class-2012} --- is a set of
|
||||||
|
classifiers and concepts that describe the computing
|
||||||
|
discipline. Authors can select entries from this classification
|
||||||
|
system, via \url{https://dl.acm.org/ccs/ccs.cfm}, and generate the
|
||||||
|
commands to be included in the \LaTeX\ source.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
User-defined keywords are a comma-separated list of words and phrases
|
||||||
|
of the authors' choosing, providing a more flexible way of describing
|
||||||
|
the research being presented.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CCS concepts and user-defined keywords are required for for all
|
||||||
|
articles over two pages in length, and are optional for one- and
|
||||||
|
two-page articles (or abstracts).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Sectioning Commands}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Your work should use standard \LaTeX\ sectioning commands:
|
||||||
|
\verb|section|, \verb|subsection|, \verb|subsubsection|, and
|
||||||
|
\verb|paragraph|. They should be numbered; do not remove the numbering
|
||||||
|
from the commands.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Simulating a sectioning command by setting the first word or words of
|
||||||
|
a paragraph in boldface or italicized text is {\bfseries not allowed.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Tables}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class includes the ``\verb|booktabs|''
|
||||||
|
package --- \url{https://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs} --- for preparing
|
||||||
|
high-quality tables.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Table captions are placed {\itshape above} the table.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Because tables cannot be split across pages, the best placement for
|
||||||
|
them is typically the top of the page nearest their initial cite. To
|
||||||
|
ensure this proper ``floating'' placement of tables, use the
|
||||||
|
environment \textbf{table} to enclose the table's contents and the
|
||||||
|
table caption. The contents of the table itself must go in the
|
||||||
|
\textbf{tabular} environment, to be aligned properly in rows and
|
||||||
|
columns, with the desired horizontal and vertical rules. Again,
|
||||||
|
detailed instructions on \textbf{tabular} material are found in the
|
||||||
|
\textit{\LaTeX\ User's Guide}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Immediately following this sentence is the point at which
|
||||||
|
Table~\ref{tab:freq} is included in the input file; compare the
|
||||||
|
placement of the table here with the table in the printed output of
|
||||||
|
this document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\begin{table}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Frequency of Special Characters}
|
||||||
|
\label{tab:freq}
|
||||||
|
\begin{tabular}{ccl}
|
||||||
|
\toprule
|
||||||
|
Non-English or Math&Frequency&Comments\\
|
||||||
|
\midrule
|
||||||
|
\O & 1 in 1,000& For Swedish names\\
|
||||||
|
$\pi$ & 1 in 5& Common in math\\
|
||||||
|
\$ & 4 in 5 & Used in business\\
|
||||||
|
$\Psi^2_1$ & 1 in 40,000& Unexplained usage\\
|
||||||
|
\bottomrule
|
||||||
|
\end{tabular}
|
||||||
|
\end{table}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To set a wider table, which takes up the whole width of the page's
|
||||||
|
live area, use the environment \textbf{table*} to enclose the table's
|
||||||
|
contents and the table caption. As with a single-column table, this
|
||||||
|
wide table will ``float'' to a location deemed more
|
||||||
|
desirable. Immediately following this sentence is the point at which
|
||||||
|
Table~\ref{tab:commands} is included in the input file; again, it is
|
||||||
|
instructive to compare the placement of the table here with the table
|
||||||
|
in the printed output of this document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\begin{table*}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Some Typical Commands}
|
||||||
|
\label{tab:commands}
|
||||||
|
\begin{tabular}{ccl}
|
||||||
|
\toprule
|
||||||
|
Command &A Number & Comments\\
|
||||||
|
\midrule
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}author} & 100& Author \\
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}table}& 300 & For tables\\
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}table*}& 400& For wider tables\\
|
||||||
|
\bottomrule
|
||||||
|
\end{tabular}
|
||||||
|
\end{table*}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Always use midrule to separate table header rows from data rows, and
|
||||||
|
use it only for this purpose. This enables assistive technologies to
|
||||||
|
recognise table headers and support their users in navigating tables
|
||||||
|
more easily.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Math Equations}
|
||||||
|
You may want to display math equations in three distinct styles:
|
||||||
|
inline, numbered or non-numbered display. Each of the three are
|
||||||
|
discussed in the next sections.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Inline (In-text) Equations}
|
||||||
|
A formula that appears in the running text is called an inline or
|
||||||
|
in-text formula. It is produced by the \textbf{math} environment,
|
||||||
|
which can be invoked with the usual
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}begin\,\ldots{\char'134}end} construction or with
|
||||||
|
the short form \texttt{\$\,\ldots\$}. You can use any of the symbols
|
||||||
|
and structures, from $\alpha$ to $\omega$, available in
|
||||||
|
\LaTeX~\cite{Lamport:LaTeX}; this section will simply show a few
|
||||||
|
examples of in-text equations in context. Notice how this equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{math}
|
||||||
|
\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty}x=0
|
||||||
|
\end{math},
|
||||||
|
set here in in-line math style, looks slightly different when
|
||||||
|
set in display style. (See next section).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Display Equations}
|
||||||
|
A numbered display equation---one set off by vertical space from the
|
||||||
|
text and centered horizontally---is produced by the \textbf{equation}
|
||||||
|
environment. An unnumbered display equation is produced by the
|
||||||
|
\textbf{displaymath} environment.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Again, in either environment, you can use any of the symbols and
|
||||||
|
structures available in \LaTeX\@; this section will just give a couple
|
||||||
|
of examples of display equations in context. First, consider the
|
||||||
|
equation, shown as an inline equation above:
|
||||||
|
\begin{equation}
|
||||||
|
\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty}x=0
|
||||||
|
\end{equation}
|
||||||
|
Notice how it is formatted somewhat differently in
|
||||||
|
the \textbf{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
environment. Now, we'll enter an unnumbered equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
\sum_{i=0}^{\infty} x + 1
|
||||||
|
\end{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
and follow it with another numbered equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{equation}
|
||||||
|
\sum_{i=0}^{\infty}x_i=\int_{0}^{\pi+2} f
|
||||||
|
\end{equation}
|
||||||
|
just to demonstrate \LaTeX's able handling of numbering.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Figures}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|figure|'' environment should be used for figures. One or
|
||||||
|
more images can be placed within a figure. If your figure contains
|
||||||
|
third-party material, you must clearly identify it as such, as shown
|
||||||
|
in the example below.
|
||||||
|
\begin{figure}[h]
|
||||||
|
\centering
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{sample-franklin}
|
||||||
|
\caption{1907 Franklin Model D roadster. Photograph by Harris \&
|
||||||
|
Ewing, Inc. [Public domain], via Wikimedia
|
||||||
|
Commons. (\url{https://goo.gl/VLCRBB}).}
|
||||||
|
\Description{A woman and a girl in white dresses sit in an open car.}
|
||||||
|
\end{figure}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Your figures should contain a caption which describes the figure to
|
||||||
|
the reader.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Figure captions are placed {\itshape below} the figure.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Every figure should also have a figure description unless it is purely
|
||||||
|
decorative. These descriptions convey what’s in the image to someone
|
||||||
|
who cannot see it. They are also used by search engine crawlers for
|
||||||
|
indexing images, and when images cannot be loaded.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A figure description must be unformatted plain text less than 2000
|
||||||
|
characters long (including spaces). {\bfseries Figure descriptions
|
||||||
|
should not repeat the figure caption – their purpose is to capture
|
||||||
|
important information that is not already provided in the caption or
|
||||||
|
the main text of the paper.} For figures that convey important and
|
||||||
|
complex new information, a short text description may not be
|
||||||
|
adequate. More complex alternative descriptions can be placed in an
|
||||||
|
appendix and referenced in a short figure description. For example,
|
||||||
|
provide a data table capturing the information in a bar chart, or a
|
||||||
|
structured list representing a graph. For additional information
|
||||||
|
regarding how best to write figure descriptions and why doing this is
|
||||||
|
so important, please see
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/taps/describing-figures/}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{The ``Teaser Figure''}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A ``teaser figure'' is an image, or set of images in one figure, that
|
||||||
|
are placed after all author and affiliation information, and before
|
||||||
|
the body of the article, spanning the page. If you wish to have such a
|
||||||
|
figure in your article, place the command immediately before the
|
||||||
|
\verb|\maketitle| command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\begin{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{sampleteaser}
|
||||||
|
\caption{figure caption}
|
||||||
|
\Description{figure description}
|
||||||
|
\end{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Citations and Bibliographies}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The use of \BibTeX\ for the preparation and formatting of one's
|
||||||
|
references is strongly recommended. Authors' names should be complete
|
||||||
|
--- use full first names (``Donald E. Knuth'') not initials
|
||||||
|
(``D. E. Knuth'') --- and the salient identifying features of a
|
||||||
|
reference should be included: title, year, volume, number, pages,
|
||||||
|
article DOI, etc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The bibliography is included in your source document with these two
|
||||||
|
commands, placed just before the \verb|\end{document}| command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\bibliographystyle{ACM-Reference-Format}
|
||||||
|
\bibliography{bibfile}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
where ``\verb|bibfile|'' is the name, without the ``\verb|.bib|''
|
||||||
|
suffix, of the \BibTeX\ file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Citations and references are numbered by default. A small number of
|
||||||
|
ACM publications have citations and references formatted in the
|
||||||
|
``author year'' style; for these exceptions, please include this
|
||||||
|
command in the {\bfseries preamble} (before the command
|
||||||
|
``\verb|\begin{document}|'') of your \LaTeX\ source:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\citestyle{acmauthoryear}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Some examples. A paginated journal article \cite{Abril07}, an
|
||||||
|
enumerated journal article \cite{Cohen07}, a reference to an entire
|
||||||
|
issue \cite{JCohen96}, a monograph (whole book) \cite{Kosiur01}, a
|
||||||
|
monograph/whole book in a series (see 2a in spec. document)
|
||||||
|
\cite{Harel79}, a divisible-book such as an anthology or compilation
|
||||||
|
\cite{Editor00} followed by the same example, however we only output
|
||||||
|
the series if the volume number is given \cite{Editor00a} (so
|
||||||
|
Editor00a's series should NOT be present since it has no vol. no.),
|
||||||
|
a chapter in a divisible book \cite{Spector90}, a chapter in a
|
||||||
|
divisible book in a series \cite{Douglass98}, a multi-volume work as
|
||||||
|
book \cite{Knuth97}, a couple of articles in a proceedings (of a
|
||||||
|
conference, symposium, workshop for example) (paginated proceedings
|
||||||
|
article) \cite{Andler79, Hagerup1993}, a proceedings article with
|
||||||
|
all possible elements \cite{Smith10}, an example of an enumerated
|
||||||
|
proceedings article \cite{VanGundy07}, an informally published work
|
||||||
|
\cite{Harel78}, a couple of preprints \cite{Bornmann2019,
|
||||||
|
AnzarootPBM14}, a doctoral dissertation \cite{Clarkson85}, a
|
||||||
|
master's thesis: \cite{anisi03}, an online document / world wide web
|
||||||
|
resource \cite{Thornburg01, Ablamowicz07, Poker06}, a video game
|
||||||
|
(Case 1) \cite{Obama08} and (Case 2) \cite{Novak03} and \cite{Lee05}
|
||||||
|
and (Case 3) a patent \cite{JoeScientist001}, work accepted for
|
||||||
|
publication \cite{rous08}, 'YYYYb'-test for prolific author
|
||||||
|
\cite{SaeediMEJ10} and \cite{SaeediJETC10}. Other cites might
|
||||||
|
contain 'duplicate' DOI and URLs (some SIAM articles)
|
||||||
|
\cite{Kirschmer:2010:AEI:1958016.1958018}. Boris / Barbara Beeton:
|
||||||
|
multi-volume works as books \cite{MR781536} and \cite{MR781537}. A
|
||||||
|
couple of citations with DOIs:
|
||||||
|
\cite{2004:ITE:1009386.1010128,Kirschmer:2010:AEI:1958016.1958018}. Online
|
||||||
|
citations: \cite{TUGInstmem, Thornburg01, CTANacmart}.
|
||||||
|
Artifacts: \cite{R} and \cite{UMassCitations}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Acknowledgments}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Identification of funding sources and other support, and thanks to
|
||||||
|
individuals and groups that assisted in the research and the
|
||||||
|
preparation of the work should be included in an acknowledgment
|
||||||
|
section, which is placed just before the reference section in your
|
||||||
|
document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This section has a special environment:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\begin{acks}
|
||||||
|
...
|
||||||
|
\end{acks}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
so that the information contained therein can be more easily collected
|
||||||
|
during the article metadata extraction phase, and to ensure
|
||||||
|
consistency in the spelling of the section heading.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Authors should not prepare this section as a numbered or unnumbered {\verb|\section|}; please use the ``{\verb|acks|}'' environment.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Appendices}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your work needs an appendix, add it before the
|
||||||
|
``\verb|\end{document}|'' command at the conclusion of your source
|
||||||
|
document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Start the appendix with the ``\verb|appendix|'' command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\appendix
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
and note that in the appendix, sections are lettered, not
|
||||||
|
numbered. This document has two appendices, demonstrating the section
|
||||||
|
and subsection identification method.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Multi-language papers}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Papers may be written in languages other than English or include
|
||||||
|
titles, subtitles, keywords and abstracts in different languages (as a
|
||||||
|
rule, a paper in a language other than English should include an
|
||||||
|
English title and an English abstract). Use \verb|language=...| for
|
||||||
|
every language used in the paper. The last language indicated is the
|
||||||
|
main language of the paper. For example, a French paper with
|
||||||
|
additional titles and abstracts in English and German may start with
|
||||||
|
the following command
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf, language=english, language=german,
|
||||||
|
language=french]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The title, subtitle, keywords and abstract will be typeset in the main
|
||||||
|
language of the paper. The commands \verb|\translatedXXX|, \verb|XXX|
|
||||||
|
begin title, subtitle and keywords, can be used to set these elements
|
||||||
|
in the other languages. The environment \verb|translatedabstract| is
|
||||||
|
used to set the translation of the abstract. These commands and
|
||||||
|
environment have a mandatory first argument: the language of the
|
||||||
|
second argument. See \verb|sample-sigconf-i13n.tex| file for examples
|
||||||
|
of their usage.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{SIGCHI Extended Abstracts}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|sigchi-a|'' template style (available only in \LaTeX\ and
|
||||||
|
not in Word) produces a landscape-orientation formatted article, with
|
||||||
|
a wide left margin. Three environments are available for use with the
|
||||||
|
``\verb|sigchi-a|'' template style, and produce formatted output in
|
||||||
|
the margin:
|
||||||
|
\begin{description}
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{sidebar}:] Place formatted text in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{marginfigure}:] Place a figure in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{margintable}:] Place a table in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\end{description}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The acknowledgments section is defined using the "acks" environment
|
||||||
|
%% (and NOT an unnumbered section). This ensures the proper
|
||||||
|
%% identification of the section in the article metadata, and the
|
||||||
|
%% consistent spelling of the heading.
|
||||||
|
\begin{acks}
|
||||||
|
To Robert, for the bagels and explaining CMYK and color spaces.
|
||||||
|
\end{acks}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The next two lines define the bibliography style to be used, and
|
||||||
|
%% the bibliography file.
|
||||||
|
\bibliographystyle{ACM-Reference-Format}
|
||||||
|
\bibliography{sample-base}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% If your work has an appendix, this is the place to put it.
|
||||||
|
\appendix
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Research Methods}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Part One}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Morbi
|
||||||
|
malesuada, quam in pulvinar varius, metus nunc fermentum urna, id
|
||||||
|
sollicitudin purus odio sit amet enim. Aliquam ullamcorper eu ipsum
|
||||||
|
vel mollis. Curabitur quis dictum nisl. Phasellus vel semper risus, et
|
||||||
|
lacinia dolor. Integer ultricies commodo sem nec semper.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Part Two}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Etiam commodo feugiat nisl pulvinar pellentesque. Etiam auctor sodales
|
||||||
|
ligula, non varius nibh pulvinar semper. Suspendisse nec lectus non
|
||||||
|
ipsum convallis congue hendrerit vitae sapien. Donec at laoreet
|
||||||
|
eros. Vivamus non purus placerat, scelerisque diam eu, cursus
|
||||||
|
ante. Etiam aliquam tortor auctor efficitur mattis.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Online Resources}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Nam id fermentum dui. Suspendisse sagittis tortor a nulla mollis, in
|
||||||
|
pulvinar ex pretium. Sed interdum orci quis metus euismod, et sagittis
|
||||||
|
enim maximus. Vestibulum gravida massa ut felis suscipit
|
||||||
|
congue. Quisque mattis elit a risus ultrices commodo venenatis eget
|
||||||
|
dui. Etiam sagittis eleifend elementum.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Nam interdum magna at lectus dignissim, ac dignissim lorem
|
||||||
|
rhoncus. Maecenas eu arcu ac neque placerat aliquam. Nunc pulvinar
|
||||||
|
massa et mattis lacinia.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\end{document}
|
||||||
|
\endinput
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% End of file `sample-sigconf-lualatex.tex'.
|
||||||
827
~samples/sample-sigconf-xelatex.tex
Normal file
827
~samples/sample-sigconf-xelatex.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,827 @@
|
|||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This is file `sample-sigconf-xelatex.tex',
|
||||||
|
%% generated with the docstrip utility.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The original source files were:
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% samples.dtx (with options: `all,proceedings,bibtex,sigconf')
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For the copyright see the source file.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
|
||||||
|
%% with new filenames distinct from sample-sigconf-xelatex.tex.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
|
||||||
|
%% for copying and modification in the file samples.dtx.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
|
||||||
|
%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
|
||||||
|
%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
|
||||||
|
%% in the same archive or directory.)
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Commands for TeXCount
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \cite [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \citep [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \citet [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir table 0 1
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir table* 0 1
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir tabular [ignore] word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir displaymath 0 word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir math 0 word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir comment 0 0
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The first command in your LaTeX source must be the \documentclass
|
||||||
|
%% command.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For submission and review of your manuscript please change the
|
||||||
|
%% command to \documentclass[manuscript, screen, review]{acmart}.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% When submitting camera ready or to TAPS, please change the command
|
||||||
|
%% to \documentclass[sigconf]{acmart} or whichever template is required
|
||||||
|
%% for your publication.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% \BibTeX command to typeset BibTeX logo in the docs
|
||||||
|
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||||
|
\providecommand\BibTeX{{%
|
||||||
|
Bib\TeX}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%% Rights management information. This information is sent to you
|
||||||
|
%% when you complete the rights form. These commands have SAMPLE
|
||||||
|
%% values in them; it is your responsibility as an author to replace
|
||||||
|
%% the commands and values with those provided to you when you
|
||||||
|
%% complete the rights form.
|
||||||
|
\setcopyright{acmlicensed}
|
||||||
|
\copyrightyear{2018}
|
||||||
|
\acmYear{2018}
|
||||||
|
\acmDOI{XXXXXXX.XXXXXXX}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%% These commands are for a PROCEEDINGS abstract or paper.
|
||||||
|
\acmConference[Conference acronym 'XX]{Make sure to enter the correct
|
||||||
|
conference title from your rights confirmation emai}{June 03--05,
|
||||||
|
2018}{Woodstock, NY}
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Uncomment \acmBooktitle if the title of the proceedings is different
|
||||||
|
%% from ``Proceedings of ...''!
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%\acmBooktitle{Woodstock '18: ACM Symposium on Neural Gaze Detection,
|
||||||
|
%% June 03--05, 2018, Woodstock, NY}
|
||||||
|
\acmISBN{978-1-4503-XXXX-X/18/06}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Submission ID.
|
||||||
|
%% Use this when submitting an article to a sponsored event. You'll
|
||||||
|
%% receive a unique submission ID from the organizers
|
||||||
|
%% of the event, and this ID should be used as the parameter to this command.
|
||||||
|
%%\acmSubmissionID{123-A56-BU3}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For managing citations, it is recommended to use bibliography
|
||||||
|
%% files in BibTeX format.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% You can then either use BibTeX with the ACM-Reference-Format style,
|
||||||
|
%% or BibLaTeX with the acmnumeric or acmauthoryear sytles, that include
|
||||||
|
%% support for advanced citation of software artefact from the
|
||||||
|
%% biblatex-software package, also separately available on CTAN.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Look at the sample-*-biblatex.tex files for templates showcasing
|
||||||
|
%% the biblatex styles.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The majority of ACM publications use numbered citations and
|
||||||
|
%% references. The command \citestyle{authoryear} switches to the
|
||||||
|
%% "author year" style.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% If you are preparing content for an event
|
||||||
|
%% sponsored by ACM SIGGRAPH, you must use the "author year" style of
|
||||||
|
%% citations and references.
|
||||||
|
%% Uncommenting
|
||||||
|
%% the next command will enable that style.
|
||||||
|
%%\citestyle{acmauthoryear}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% end of the preamble, start of the body of the document source.
|
||||||
|
\begin{document}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The "title" command has an optional parameter,
|
||||||
|
%% allowing the author to define a "short title" to be used in page headers.
|
||||||
|
\title{The Name of the Title Is Hope}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The "author" command and its associated commands are used to define
|
||||||
|
%% the authors and their affiliations.
|
||||||
|
%% Of note is the shared affiliation of the first two authors, and the
|
||||||
|
%% "authornote" and "authornotemark" commands
|
||||||
|
%% used to denote shared contribution to the research.
|
||||||
|
\author{Ben Trovato}
|
||||||
|
\authornote{Both authors contributed equally to this research.}
|
||||||
|
\email{trovato@corporation.com}
|
||||||
|
\orcid{1234-5678-9012}
|
||||||
|
\author{G.K.M. Tobin}
|
||||||
|
\authornotemark[1]
|
||||||
|
\email{webmaster@marysville-ohio.com}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Institute for Clarity in Documentation}
|
||||||
|
\city{Dublin}
|
||||||
|
\state{Ohio}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Lars Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Group}
|
||||||
|
\city{Hekla}
|
||||||
|
\country{Iceland}}
|
||||||
|
\email{larst@affiliation.org}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Valerie B\'eranger}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Inria Paris-Rocquencourt}
|
||||||
|
\city{Rocquencourt}
|
||||||
|
\country{France}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Aparna Patel}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Rajiv Gandhi University}
|
||||||
|
\city{Doimukh}
|
||||||
|
\state{Arunachal Pradesh}
|
||||||
|
\country{India}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Huifen Chan}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Tsinghua University}
|
||||||
|
\city{Haidian Qu}
|
||||||
|
\state{Beijing Shi}
|
||||||
|
\country{China}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Charles Palmer}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Palmer Research Laboratories}
|
||||||
|
\city{San Antonio}
|
||||||
|
\state{Texas}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}}
|
||||||
|
\email{cpalmer@prl.com}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{John Smith}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Group}
|
||||||
|
\city{Hekla}
|
||||||
|
\country{Iceland}}
|
||||||
|
\email{jsmith@affiliation.org}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Julius P. Kumquat}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Kumquat Consortium}
|
||||||
|
\city{New York}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}}
|
||||||
|
\email{jpkumquat@consortium.net}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% By default, the full list of authors will be used in the page
|
||||||
|
%% headers. Often, this list is too long, and will overlap
|
||||||
|
%% other information printed in the page headers. This command allows
|
||||||
|
%% the author to define a more concise list
|
||||||
|
%% of authors' names for this purpose.
|
||||||
|
\renewcommand{\shortauthors}{Trovato et al.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The abstract is a short summary of the work to be presented in the
|
||||||
|
%% article.
|
||||||
|
\begin{abstract}
|
||||||
|
A clear and well-documented \LaTeX\ document is presented as an
|
||||||
|
article formatted for publication by ACM in a conference proceedings
|
||||||
|
or journal publication. Based on the ``acmart'' document class, this
|
||||||
|
article presents and explains many of the common variations, as well
|
||||||
|
as many of the formatting elements an author may use in the
|
||||||
|
preparation of the documentation of their work.
|
||||||
|
\end{abstract}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The code below is generated by the tool at http://dl.acm.org/ccs.cfm.
|
||||||
|
%% Please copy and paste the code instead of the example below.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
\begin{CCSXML}
|
||||||
|
<ccs2012>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.0000000.0000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>500</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>300</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>100</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>100</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
</ccs2012>
|
||||||
|
\end{CCSXML}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[500]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[300]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[100]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Keywords. The author(s) should pick words that accurately describe
|
||||||
|
%% the work being presented. Separate the keywords with commas.
|
||||||
|
\keywords{Do, Not, Us, This, Code, Put, the, Correct, Terms, for,
|
||||||
|
Your, Paper}
|
||||||
|
%% A "teaser" image appears between the author and affiliation
|
||||||
|
%% information and the body of the document, and typically spans the
|
||||||
|
%% page.
|
||||||
|
\begin{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{sampleteaser}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Seattle Mariners at Spring Training, 2010.}
|
||||||
|
\Description{Enjoying the baseball game from the third-base
|
||||||
|
seats. Ichiro Suzuki preparing to bat.}
|
||||||
|
\label{fig:teaser}
|
||||||
|
\end{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\received{20 February 2007}
|
||||||
|
\received[revised]{12 March 2009}
|
||||||
|
\received[accepted]{5 June 2009}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This command processes the author and affiliation and title
|
||||||
|
%% information and builds the first part of the formatted document.
|
||||||
|
\maketitle
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Introduction}
|
||||||
|
ACM's consolidated article template, introduced in 2017, provides a
|
||||||
|
consistent \LaTeX\ style for use across ACM publications, and
|
||||||
|
incorporates accessibility and metadata-extraction functionality
|
||||||
|
necessary for future Digital Library endeavors. Numerous ACM and
|
||||||
|
SIG-specific \LaTeX\ templates have been examined, and their unique
|
||||||
|
features incorporated into this single new template.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you are new to publishing with ACM, this document is a valuable
|
||||||
|
guide to the process of preparing your work for publication. If you
|
||||||
|
have published with ACM before, this document provides insight and
|
||||||
|
instruction into more recent changes to the article template.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class can be used to prepare articles
|
||||||
|
for any ACM publication --- conference or journal, and for any stage
|
||||||
|
of publication, from review to final ``camera-ready'' copy, to the
|
||||||
|
author's own version, with {\itshape very} few changes to the source.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Template Overview}
|
||||||
|
As noted in the introduction, the ``\verb|acmart|'' document class can
|
||||||
|
be used to prepare many different kinds of documentation --- a
|
||||||
|
double-anonymous initial submission of a full-length technical paper, a
|
||||||
|
two-page SIGGRAPH Emerging Technologies abstract, a ``camera-ready''
|
||||||
|
journal article, a SIGCHI Extended Abstract, and more --- all by
|
||||||
|
selecting the appropriate {\itshape template style} and {\itshape
|
||||||
|
template parameters}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This document will explain the major features of the document
|
||||||
|
class. For further information, the {\itshape \LaTeX\ User's Guide} is
|
||||||
|
available from
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/proceedings-template}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Template Styles}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The primary parameter given to the ``\verb|acmart|'' document class is
|
||||||
|
the {\itshape template style} which corresponds to the kind of publication
|
||||||
|
or SIG publishing the work. This parameter is enclosed in square
|
||||||
|
brackets and is a part of the {\verb|documentclass|} command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[STYLE]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Journals use one of three template styles. All but three ACM journals
|
||||||
|
use the {\verb|acmsmall|} template style:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmsmall}}: The default journal template style.
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmlarge}}: Used by JOCCH and TAP.
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmtog}}: Used by TOG.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The majority of conference proceedings documentation will use the {\verb|acmconf|} template style.
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{sigconf}}: The default proceedings template style.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{sigchi}}: Used for SIGCHI conference articles.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{sigplan}}: Used for SIGPLAN conference articles.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Template Parameters}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In addition to specifying the {\itshape template style} to be used in
|
||||||
|
formatting your work, there are a number of {\itshape template parameters}
|
||||||
|
which modify some part of the applied template style. A complete list
|
||||||
|
of these parameters can be found in the {\itshape \LaTeX\ User's Guide.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Frequently-used parameters, or combinations of parameters, include:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{anonymous,review}}: Suitable for a ``double-anonymous''
|
||||||
|
conference submission. Anonymizes the work and includes line
|
||||||
|
numbers. Use with the \texttt{\acmSubmissionID} command to print the
|
||||||
|
submission's unique ID on each page of the work.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{authorversion}}: Produces a version of the work suitable
|
||||||
|
for posting by the author.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{screen}}: Produces colored hyperlinks.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This document uses the following string as the first command in the
|
||||||
|
source file:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Modifications}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Modifying the template --- including but not limited to: adjusting
|
||||||
|
margins, typeface sizes, line spacing, paragraph and list definitions,
|
||||||
|
and the use of the \verb|\vspace| command to manually adjust the
|
||||||
|
vertical spacing between elements of your work --- is not allowed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
{\bfseries Your document will be returned to you for revision if
|
||||||
|
modifications are discovered.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Typefaces}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class requires the use of the
|
||||||
|
``Libertine'' typeface family. Your \TeX\ installation should include
|
||||||
|
this set of packages. Please do not substitute other typefaces. The
|
||||||
|
``\verb|lmodern|'' and ``\verb|ltimes|'' packages should not be used,
|
||||||
|
as they will override the built-in typeface families.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Title Information}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The title of your work should use capital letters appropriately -
|
||||||
|
\url{https://capitalizemytitle.com/} has useful rules for
|
||||||
|
capitalization. Use the {\verb|title|} command to define the title of
|
||||||
|
your work. If your work has a subtitle, define it with the
|
||||||
|
{\verb|subtitle|} command. Do not insert line breaks in your title.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your title is lengthy, you must define a short version to be used
|
||||||
|
in the page headers, to prevent overlapping text. The \verb|title|
|
||||||
|
command has a ``short title'' parameter:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\title[short title]{full title}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Authors and Affiliations}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Each author must be defined separately for accurate metadata
|
||||||
|
identification. As an exception, multiple authors may share one
|
||||||
|
affiliation. Authors' names should not be abbreviated; use full first
|
||||||
|
names wherever possible. Include authors' e-mail addresses whenever
|
||||||
|
possible.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Grouping authors' names or e-mail addresses, or providing an ``e-mail
|
||||||
|
alias,'' as shown below, is not acceptable:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\author{Brooke Aster, David Mehldau}
|
||||||
|
\email{dave,judy,steve@university.edu}
|
||||||
|
\email{firstname.lastname@phillips.org}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The \verb|authornote| and \verb|authornotemark| commands allow a note
|
||||||
|
to apply to multiple authors --- for example, if the first two authors
|
||||||
|
of an article contributed equally to the work.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your author list is lengthy, you must define a shortened version of
|
||||||
|
the list of authors to be used in the page headers, to prevent
|
||||||
|
overlapping text. The following command should be placed just after
|
||||||
|
the last \verb|\author{}| definition:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\renewcommand{\shortauthors}{McCartney, et al.}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
Omitting this command will force the use of a concatenated list of all
|
||||||
|
of the authors' names, which may result in overlapping text in the
|
||||||
|
page headers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The article template's documentation, available at
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/proceedings-template}, has a
|
||||||
|
complete explanation of these commands and tips for their effective
|
||||||
|
use.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Note that authors' addresses are mandatory for journal articles.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Rights Information}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Authors of any work published by ACM will need to complete a rights
|
||||||
|
form. Depending on the kind of work, and the rights management choice
|
||||||
|
made by the author, this may be copyright transfer, permission,
|
||||||
|
license, or an OA (open access) agreement.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Regardless of the rights management choice, the author will receive a
|
||||||
|
copy of the completed rights form once it has been submitted. This
|
||||||
|
form contains \LaTeX\ commands that must be copied into the source
|
||||||
|
document. When the document source is compiled, these commands and
|
||||||
|
their parameters add formatted text to several areas of the final
|
||||||
|
document:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item the ``ACM Reference Format'' text on the first page.
|
||||||
|
\item the ``rights management'' text on the first page.
|
||||||
|
\item the conference information in the page header(s).
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Rights information is unique to the work; if you are preparing several
|
||||||
|
works for an event, make sure to use the correct set of commands with
|
||||||
|
each of the works.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ACM Reference Format text is required for all articles over one
|
||||||
|
page in length, and is optional for one-page articles (abstracts).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{CCS Concepts and User-Defined Keywords}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Two elements of the ``acmart'' document class provide powerful
|
||||||
|
taxonomic tools for you to help readers find your work in an online
|
||||||
|
search.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ACM Computing Classification System ---
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/class-2012} --- is a set of
|
||||||
|
classifiers and concepts that describe the computing
|
||||||
|
discipline. Authors can select entries from this classification
|
||||||
|
system, via \url{https://dl.acm.org/ccs/ccs.cfm}, and generate the
|
||||||
|
commands to be included in the \LaTeX\ source.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
User-defined keywords are a comma-separated list of words and phrases
|
||||||
|
of the authors' choosing, providing a more flexible way of describing
|
||||||
|
the research being presented.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CCS concepts and user-defined keywords are required for for all
|
||||||
|
articles over two pages in length, and are optional for one- and
|
||||||
|
two-page articles (or abstracts).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Sectioning Commands}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Your work should use standard \LaTeX\ sectioning commands:
|
||||||
|
\verb|section|, \verb|subsection|, \verb|subsubsection|, and
|
||||||
|
\verb|paragraph|. They should be numbered; do not remove the numbering
|
||||||
|
from the commands.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Simulating a sectioning command by setting the first word or words of
|
||||||
|
a paragraph in boldface or italicized text is {\bfseries not allowed.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Tables}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class includes the ``\verb|booktabs|''
|
||||||
|
package --- \url{https://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs} --- for preparing
|
||||||
|
high-quality tables.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Table captions are placed {\itshape above} the table.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Because tables cannot be split across pages, the best placement for
|
||||||
|
them is typically the top of the page nearest their initial cite. To
|
||||||
|
ensure this proper ``floating'' placement of tables, use the
|
||||||
|
environment \textbf{table} to enclose the table's contents and the
|
||||||
|
table caption. The contents of the table itself must go in the
|
||||||
|
\textbf{tabular} environment, to be aligned properly in rows and
|
||||||
|
columns, with the desired horizontal and vertical rules. Again,
|
||||||
|
detailed instructions on \textbf{tabular} material are found in the
|
||||||
|
\textit{\LaTeX\ User's Guide}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Immediately following this sentence is the point at which
|
||||||
|
Table~\ref{tab:freq} is included in the input file; compare the
|
||||||
|
placement of the table here with the table in the printed output of
|
||||||
|
this document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\begin{table}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Frequency of Special Characters}
|
||||||
|
\label{tab:freq}
|
||||||
|
\begin{tabular}{ccl}
|
||||||
|
\toprule
|
||||||
|
Non-English or Math&Frequency&Comments\\
|
||||||
|
\midrule
|
||||||
|
\O & 1 in 1,000& For Swedish names\\
|
||||||
|
$\pi$ & 1 in 5& Common in math\\
|
||||||
|
\$ & 4 in 5 & Used in business\\
|
||||||
|
$\Psi^2_1$ & 1 in 40,000& Unexplained usage\\
|
||||||
|
\bottomrule
|
||||||
|
\end{tabular}
|
||||||
|
\end{table}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To set a wider table, which takes up the whole width of the page's
|
||||||
|
live area, use the environment \textbf{table*} to enclose the table's
|
||||||
|
contents and the table caption. As with a single-column table, this
|
||||||
|
wide table will ``float'' to a location deemed more
|
||||||
|
desirable. Immediately following this sentence is the point at which
|
||||||
|
Table~\ref{tab:commands} is included in the input file; again, it is
|
||||||
|
instructive to compare the placement of the table here with the table
|
||||||
|
in the printed output of this document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\begin{table*}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Some Typical Commands}
|
||||||
|
\label{tab:commands}
|
||||||
|
\begin{tabular}{ccl}
|
||||||
|
\toprule
|
||||||
|
Command &A Number & Comments\\
|
||||||
|
\midrule
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}author} & 100& Author \\
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}table}& 300 & For tables\\
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}table*}& 400& For wider tables\\
|
||||||
|
\bottomrule
|
||||||
|
\end{tabular}
|
||||||
|
\end{table*}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Always use midrule to separate table header rows from data rows, and
|
||||||
|
use it only for this purpose. This enables assistive technologies to
|
||||||
|
recognise table headers and support their users in navigating tables
|
||||||
|
more easily.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Math Equations}
|
||||||
|
You may want to display math equations in three distinct styles:
|
||||||
|
inline, numbered or non-numbered display. Each of the three are
|
||||||
|
discussed in the next sections.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Inline (In-text) Equations}
|
||||||
|
A formula that appears in the running text is called an inline or
|
||||||
|
in-text formula. It is produced by the \textbf{math} environment,
|
||||||
|
which can be invoked with the usual
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}begin\,\ldots{\char'134}end} construction or with
|
||||||
|
the short form \texttt{\$\,\ldots\$}. You can use any of the symbols
|
||||||
|
and structures, from $\alpha$ to $\omega$, available in
|
||||||
|
\LaTeX~\cite{Lamport:LaTeX}; this section will simply show a few
|
||||||
|
examples of in-text equations in context. Notice how this equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{math}
|
||||||
|
\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty}x=0
|
||||||
|
\end{math},
|
||||||
|
set here in in-line math style, looks slightly different when
|
||||||
|
set in display style. (See next section).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Display Equations}
|
||||||
|
A numbered display equation---one set off by vertical space from the
|
||||||
|
text and centered horizontally---is produced by the \textbf{equation}
|
||||||
|
environment. An unnumbered display equation is produced by the
|
||||||
|
\textbf{displaymath} environment.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Again, in either environment, you can use any of the symbols and
|
||||||
|
structures available in \LaTeX\@; this section will just give a couple
|
||||||
|
of examples of display equations in context. First, consider the
|
||||||
|
equation, shown as an inline equation above:
|
||||||
|
\begin{equation}
|
||||||
|
\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty}x=0
|
||||||
|
\end{equation}
|
||||||
|
Notice how it is formatted somewhat differently in
|
||||||
|
the \textbf{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
environment. Now, we'll enter an unnumbered equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
\sum_{i=0}^{\infty} x + 1
|
||||||
|
\end{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
and follow it with another numbered equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{equation}
|
||||||
|
\sum_{i=0}^{\infty}x_i=\int_{0}^{\pi+2} f
|
||||||
|
\end{equation}
|
||||||
|
just to demonstrate \LaTeX's able handling of numbering.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Figures}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|figure|'' environment should be used for figures. One or
|
||||||
|
more images can be placed within a figure. If your figure contains
|
||||||
|
third-party material, you must clearly identify it as such, as shown
|
||||||
|
in the example below.
|
||||||
|
\begin{figure}[h]
|
||||||
|
\centering
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{sample-franklin}
|
||||||
|
\caption{1907 Franklin Model D roadster. Photograph by Harris \&
|
||||||
|
Ewing, Inc. [Public domain], via Wikimedia
|
||||||
|
Commons. (\url{https://goo.gl/VLCRBB}).}
|
||||||
|
\Description{A woman and a girl in white dresses sit in an open car.}
|
||||||
|
\end{figure}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Your figures should contain a caption which describes the figure to
|
||||||
|
the reader.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Figure captions are placed {\itshape below} the figure.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Every figure should also have a figure description unless it is purely
|
||||||
|
decorative. These descriptions convey what’s in the image to someone
|
||||||
|
who cannot see it. They are also used by search engine crawlers for
|
||||||
|
indexing images, and when images cannot be loaded.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A figure description must be unformatted plain text less than 2000
|
||||||
|
characters long (including spaces). {\bfseries Figure descriptions
|
||||||
|
should not repeat the figure caption – their purpose is to capture
|
||||||
|
important information that is not already provided in the caption or
|
||||||
|
the main text of the paper.} For figures that convey important and
|
||||||
|
complex new information, a short text description may not be
|
||||||
|
adequate. More complex alternative descriptions can be placed in an
|
||||||
|
appendix and referenced in a short figure description. For example,
|
||||||
|
provide a data table capturing the information in a bar chart, or a
|
||||||
|
structured list representing a graph. For additional information
|
||||||
|
regarding how best to write figure descriptions and why doing this is
|
||||||
|
so important, please see
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/taps/describing-figures/}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{The ``Teaser Figure''}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A ``teaser figure'' is an image, or set of images in one figure, that
|
||||||
|
are placed after all author and affiliation information, and before
|
||||||
|
the body of the article, spanning the page. If you wish to have such a
|
||||||
|
figure in your article, place the command immediately before the
|
||||||
|
\verb|\maketitle| command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\begin{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{sampleteaser}
|
||||||
|
\caption{figure caption}
|
||||||
|
\Description{figure description}
|
||||||
|
\end{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Citations and Bibliographies}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The use of \BibTeX\ for the preparation and formatting of one's
|
||||||
|
references is strongly recommended. Authors' names should be complete
|
||||||
|
--- use full first names (``Donald E. Knuth'') not initials
|
||||||
|
(``D. E. Knuth'') --- and the salient identifying features of a
|
||||||
|
reference should be included: title, year, volume, number, pages,
|
||||||
|
article DOI, etc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The bibliography is included in your source document with these two
|
||||||
|
commands, placed just before the \verb|\end{document}| command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\bibliographystyle{ACM-Reference-Format}
|
||||||
|
\bibliography{bibfile}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
where ``\verb|bibfile|'' is the name, without the ``\verb|.bib|''
|
||||||
|
suffix, of the \BibTeX\ file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Citations and references are numbered by default. A small number of
|
||||||
|
ACM publications have citations and references formatted in the
|
||||||
|
``author year'' style; for these exceptions, please include this
|
||||||
|
command in the {\bfseries preamble} (before the command
|
||||||
|
``\verb|\begin{document}|'') of your \LaTeX\ source:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\citestyle{acmauthoryear}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Some examples. A paginated journal article \cite{Abril07}, an
|
||||||
|
enumerated journal article \cite{Cohen07}, a reference to an entire
|
||||||
|
issue \cite{JCohen96}, a monograph (whole book) \cite{Kosiur01}, a
|
||||||
|
monograph/whole book in a series (see 2a in spec. document)
|
||||||
|
\cite{Harel79}, a divisible-book such as an anthology or compilation
|
||||||
|
\cite{Editor00} followed by the same example, however we only output
|
||||||
|
the series if the volume number is given \cite{Editor00a} (so
|
||||||
|
Editor00a's series should NOT be present since it has no vol. no.),
|
||||||
|
a chapter in a divisible book \cite{Spector90}, a chapter in a
|
||||||
|
divisible book in a series \cite{Douglass98}, a multi-volume work as
|
||||||
|
book \cite{Knuth97}, a couple of articles in a proceedings (of a
|
||||||
|
conference, symposium, workshop for example) (paginated proceedings
|
||||||
|
article) \cite{Andler79, Hagerup1993}, a proceedings article with
|
||||||
|
all possible elements \cite{Smith10}, an example of an enumerated
|
||||||
|
proceedings article \cite{VanGundy07}, an informally published work
|
||||||
|
\cite{Harel78}, a couple of preprints \cite{Bornmann2019,
|
||||||
|
AnzarootPBM14}, a doctoral dissertation \cite{Clarkson85}, a
|
||||||
|
master's thesis: \cite{anisi03}, an online document / world wide web
|
||||||
|
resource \cite{Thornburg01, Ablamowicz07, Poker06}, a video game
|
||||||
|
(Case 1) \cite{Obama08} and (Case 2) \cite{Novak03} and \cite{Lee05}
|
||||||
|
and (Case 3) a patent \cite{JoeScientist001}, work accepted for
|
||||||
|
publication \cite{rous08}, 'YYYYb'-test for prolific author
|
||||||
|
\cite{SaeediMEJ10} and \cite{SaeediJETC10}. Other cites might
|
||||||
|
contain 'duplicate' DOI and URLs (some SIAM articles)
|
||||||
|
\cite{Kirschmer:2010:AEI:1958016.1958018}. Boris / Barbara Beeton:
|
||||||
|
multi-volume works as books \cite{MR781536} and \cite{MR781537}. A
|
||||||
|
couple of citations with DOIs:
|
||||||
|
\cite{2004:ITE:1009386.1010128,Kirschmer:2010:AEI:1958016.1958018}. Online
|
||||||
|
citations: \cite{TUGInstmem, Thornburg01, CTANacmart}.
|
||||||
|
Artifacts: \cite{R} and \cite{UMassCitations}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Acknowledgments}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Identification of funding sources and other support, and thanks to
|
||||||
|
individuals and groups that assisted in the research and the
|
||||||
|
preparation of the work should be included in an acknowledgment
|
||||||
|
section, which is placed just before the reference section in your
|
||||||
|
document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This section has a special environment:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\begin{acks}
|
||||||
|
...
|
||||||
|
\end{acks}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
so that the information contained therein can be more easily collected
|
||||||
|
during the article metadata extraction phase, and to ensure
|
||||||
|
consistency in the spelling of the section heading.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Authors should not prepare this section as a numbered or unnumbered {\verb|\section|}; please use the ``{\verb|acks|}'' environment.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Appendices}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your work needs an appendix, add it before the
|
||||||
|
``\verb|\end{document}|'' command at the conclusion of your source
|
||||||
|
document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Start the appendix with the ``\verb|appendix|'' command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\appendix
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
and note that in the appendix, sections are lettered, not
|
||||||
|
numbered. This document has two appendices, demonstrating the section
|
||||||
|
and subsection identification method.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Multi-language papers}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Papers may be written in languages other than English or include
|
||||||
|
titles, subtitles, keywords and abstracts in different languages (as a
|
||||||
|
rule, a paper in a language other than English should include an
|
||||||
|
English title and an English abstract). Use \verb|language=...| for
|
||||||
|
every language used in the paper. The last language indicated is the
|
||||||
|
main language of the paper. For example, a French paper with
|
||||||
|
additional titles and abstracts in English and German may start with
|
||||||
|
the following command
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf, language=english, language=german,
|
||||||
|
language=french]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The title, subtitle, keywords and abstract will be typeset in the main
|
||||||
|
language of the paper. The commands \verb|\translatedXXX|, \verb|XXX|
|
||||||
|
begin title, subtitle and keywords, can be used to set these elements
|
||||||
|
in the other languages. The environment \verb|translatedabstract| is
|
||||||
|
used to set the translation of the abstract. These commands and
|
||||||
|
environment have a mandatory first argument: the language of the
|
||||||
|
second argument. See \verb|sample-sigconf-i13n.tex| file for examples
|
||||||
|
of their usage.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{SIGCHI Extended Abstracts}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|sigchi-a|'' template style (available only in \LaTeX\ and
|
||||||
|
not in Word) produces a landscape-orientation formatted article, with
|
||||||
|
a wide left margin. Three environments are available for use with the
|
||||||
|
``\verb|sigchi-a|'' template style, and produce formatted output in
|
||||||
|
the margin:
|
||||||
|
\begin{description}
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{sidebar}:] Place formatted text in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{marginfigure}:] Place a figure in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{margintable}:] Place a table in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\end{description}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The acknowledgments section is defined using the "acks" environment
|
||||||
|
%% (and NOT an unnumbered section). This ensures the proper
|
||||||
|
%% identification of the section in the article metadata, and the
|
||||||
|
%% consistent spelling of the heading.
|
||||||
|
\begin{acks}
|
||||||
|
To Robert, for the bagels and explaining CMYK and color spaces.
|
||||||
|
\end{acks}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The next two lines define the bibliography style to be used, and
|
||||||
|
%% the bibliography file.
|
||||||
|
\bibliographystyle{ACM-Reference-Format}
|
||||||
|
\bibliography{sample-base}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% If your work has an appendix, this is the place to put it.
|
||||||
|
\appendix
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Research Methods}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Part One}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Morbi
|
||||||
|
malesuada, quam in pulvinar varius, metus nunc fermentum urna, id
|
||||||
|
sollicitudin purus odio sit amet enim. Aliquam ullamcorper eu ipsum
|
||||||
|
vel mollis. Curabitur quis dictum nisl. Phasellus vel semper risus, et
|
||||||
|
lacinia dolor. Integer ultricies commodo sem nec semper.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Part Two}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Etiam commodo feugiat nisl pulvinar pellentesque. Etiam auctor sodales
|
||||||
|
ligula, non varius nibh pulvinar semper. Suspendisse nec lectus non
|
||||||
|
ipsum convallis congue hendrerit vitae sapien. Donec at laoreet
|
||||||
|
eros. Vivamus non purus placerat, scelerisque diam eu, cursus
|
||||||
|
ante. Etiam aliquam tortor auctor efficitur mattis.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Online Resources}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Nam id fermentum dui. Suspendisse sagittis tortor a nulla mollis, in
|
||||||
|
pulvinar ex pretium. Sed interdum orci quis metus euismod, et sagittis
|
||||||
|
enim maximus. Vestibulum gravida massa ut felis suscipit
|
||||||
|
congue. Quisque mattis elit a risus ultrices commodo venenatis eget
|
||||||
|
dui. Etiam sagittis eleifend elementum.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Nam interdum magna at lectus dignissim, ac dignissim lorem
|
||||||
|
rhoncus. Maecenas eu arcu ac neque placerat aliquam. Nunc pulvinar
|
||||||
|
massa et mattis lacinia.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\end{document}
|
||||||
|
\endinput
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% End of file `sample-sigconf-xelatex.tex'.
|
||||||
827
~samples/sample-sigconf.tex
Normal file
827
~samples/sample-sigconf.tex
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,827 @@
|
|||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This is file `sample-sigconf.tex',
|
||||||
|
%% generated with the docstrip utility.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The original source files were:
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% samples.dtx (with options: `all,proceedings,bibtex,sigconf')
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For the copyright see the source file.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
|
||||||
|
%% with new filenames distinct from sample-sigconf.tex.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
|
||||||
|
%% for copying and modification in the file samples.dtx.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
|
||||||
|
%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
|
||||||
|
%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
|
||||||
|
%% in the same archive or directory.)
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Commands for TeXCount
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \cite [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \citep [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:macro \citet [option:text,text]
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir table 0 1
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir table* 0 1
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir tabular [ignore] word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir displaymath 0 word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir math 0 word
|
||||||
|
%TC:envir comment 0 0
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The first command in your LaTeX source must be the \documentclass
|
||||||
|
%% command.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For submission and review of your manuscript please change the
|
||||||
|
%% command to \documentclass[manuscript, screen, review]{acmart}.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% When submitting camera ready or to TAPS, please change the command
|
||||||
|
%% to \documentclass[sigconf]{acmart} or whichever template is required
|
||||||
|
%% for your publication.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% \BibTeX command to typeset BibTeX logo in the docs
|
||||||
|
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||||
|
\providecommand\BibTeX{{%
|
||||||
|
Bib\TeX}}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%% Rights management information. This information is sent to you
|
||||||
|
%% when you complete the rights form. These commands have SAMPLE
|
||||||
|
%% values in them; it is your responsibility as an author to replace
|
||||||
|
%% the commands and values with those provided to you when you
|
||||||
|
%% complete the rights form.
|
||||||
|
\setcopyright{acmlicensed}
|
||||||
|
\copyrightyear{2018}
|
||||||
|
\acmYear{2018}
|
||||||
|
\acmDOI{XXXXXXX.XXXXXXX}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%% These commands are for a PROCEEDINGS abstract or paper.
|
||||||
|
\acmConference[Conference acronym 'XX]{Make sure to enter the correct
|
||||||
|
conference title from your rights confirmation emai}{June 03--05,
|
||||||
|
2018}{Woodstock, NY}
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Uncomment \acmBooktitle if the title of the proceedings is different
|
||||||
|
%% from ``Proceedings of ...''!
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%%\acmBooktitle{Woodstock '18: ACM Symposium on Neural Gaze Detection,
|
||||||
|
%% June 03--05, 2018, Woodstock, NY}
|
||||||
|
\acmISBN{978-1-4503-XXXX-X/18/06}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Submission ID.
|
||||||
|
%% Use this when submitting an article to a sponsored event. You'll
|
||||||
|
%% receive a unique submission ID from the organizers
|
||||||
|
%% of the event, and this ID should be used as the parameter to this command.
|
||||||
|
%%\acmSubmissionID{123-A56-BU3}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% For managing citations, it is recommended to use bibliography
|
||||||
|
%% files in BibTeX format.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% You can then either use BibTeX with the ACM-Reference-Format style,
|
||||||
|
%% or BibLaTeX with the acmnumeric or acmauthoryear sytles, that include
|
||||||
|
%% support for advanced citation of software artefact from the
|
||||||
|
%% biblatex-software package, also separately available on CTAN.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Look at the sample-*-biblatex.tex files for templates showcasing
|
||||||
|
%% the biblatex styles.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The majority of ACM publications use numbered citations and
|
||||||
|
%% references. The command \citestyle{authoryear} switches to the
|
||||||
|
%% "author year" style.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% If you are preparing content for an event
|
||||||
|
%% sponsored by ACM SIGGRAPH, you must use the "author year" style of
|
||||||
|
%% citations and references.
|
||||||
|
%% Uncommenting
|
||||||
|
%% the next command will enable that style.
|
||||||
|
%%\citestyle{acmauthoryear}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% end of the preamble, start of the body of the document source.
|
||||||
|
\begin{document}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The "title" command has an optional parameter,
|
||||||
|
%% allowing the author to define a "short title" to be used in page headers.
|
||||||
|
\title{The Name of the Title Is Hope}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The "author" command and its associated commands are used to define
|
||||||
|
%% the authors and their affiliations.
|
||||||
|
%% Of note is the shared affiliation of the first two authors, and the
|
||||||
|
%% "authornote" and "authornotemark" commands
|
||||||
|
%% used to denote shared contribution to the research.
|
||||||
|
\author{Ben Trovato}
|
||||||
|
\authornote{Both authors contributed equally to this research.}
|
||||||
|
\email{trovato@corporation.com}
|
||||||
|
\orcid{1234-5678-9012}
|
||||||
|
\author{G.K.M. Tobin}
|
||||||
|
\authornotemark[1]
|
||||||
|
\email{webmaster@marysville-ohio.com}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Institute for Clarity in Documentation}
|
||||||
|
\city{Dublin}
|
||||||
|
\state{Ohio}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Lars Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Group}
|
||||||
|
\city{Hekla}
|
||||||
|
\country{Iceland}}
|
||||||
|
\email{larst@affiliation.org}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Valerie B\'eranger}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Inria Paris-Rocquencourt}
|
||||||
|
\city{Rocquencourt}
|
||||||
|
\country{France}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Aparna Patel}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Rajiv Gandhi University}
|
||||||
|
\city{Doimukh}
|
||||||
|
\state{Arunachal Pradesh}
|
||||||
|
\country{India}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Huifen Chan}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Tsinghua University}
|
||||||
|
\city{Haidian Qu}
|
||||||
|
\state{Beijing Shi}
|
||||||
|
\country{China}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Charles Palmer}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{Palmer Research Laboratories}
|
||||||
|
\city{San Antonio}
|
||||||
|
\state{Texas}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}}
|
||||||
|
\email{cpalmer@prl.com}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{John Smith}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Group}
|
||||||
|
\city{Hekla}
|
||||||
|
\country{Iceland}}
|
||||||
|
\email{jsmith@affiliation.org}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\author{Julius P. Kumquat}
|
||||||
|
\affiliation{%
|
||||||
|
\institution{The Kumquat Consortium}
|
||||||
|
\city{New York}
|
||||||
|
\country{USA}}
|
||||||
|
\email{jpkumquat@consortium.net}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% By default, the full list of authors will be used in the page
|
||||||
|
%% headers. Often, this list is too long, and will overlap
|
||||||
|
%% other information printed in the page headers. This command allows
|
||||||
|
%% the author to define a more concise list
|
||||||
|
%% of authors' names for this purpose.
|
||||||
|
\renewcommand{\shortauthors}{Trovato et al.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The abstract is a short summary of the work to be presented in the
|
||||||
|
%% article.
|
||||||
|
\begin{abstract}
|
||||||
|
A clear and well-documented \LaTeX\ document is presented as an
|
||||||
|
article formatted for publication by ACM in a conference proceedings
|
||||||
|
or journal publication. Based on the ``acmart'' document class, this
|
||||||
|
article presents and explains many of the common variations, as well
|
||||||
|
as many of the formatting elements an author may use in the
|
||||||
|
preparation of the documentation of their work.
|
||||||
|
\end{abstract}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The code below is generated by the tool at http://dl.acm.org/ccs.cfm.
|
||||||
|
%% Please copy and paste the code instead of the example below.
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
\begin{CCSXML}
|
||||||
|
<ccs2012>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.0000000.0000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>500</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>300</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>100</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept>
|
||||||
|
<concept_id>00000000.00000000.00000000</concept_id>
|
||||||
|
<concept_desc>Do Not Use This Code, Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper</concept_desc>
|
||||||
|
<concept_significance>100</concept_significance>
|
||||||
|
</concept>
|
||||||
|
</ccs2012>
|
||||||
|
\end{CCSXML}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[500]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[300]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
\ccsdesc[100]{Do Not Use This Code~Generate the Correct Terms for Your Paper}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% Keywords. The author(s) should pick words that accurately describe
|
||||||
|
%% the work being presented. Separate the keywords with commas.
|
||||||
|
\keywords{Do, Not, Us, This, Code, Put, the, Correct, Terms, for,
|
||||||
|
Your, Paper}
|
||||||
|
%% A "teaser" image appears between the author and affiliation
|
||||||
|
%% information and the body of the document, and typically spans the
|
||||||
|
%% page.
|
||||||
|
\begin{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{sampleteaser}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Seattle Mariners at Spring Training, 2010.}
|
||||||
|
\Description{Enjoying the baseball game from the third-base
|
||||||
|
seats. Ichiro Suzuki preparing to bat.}
|
||||||
|
\label{fig:teaser}
|
||||||
|
\end{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\received{20 February 2007}
|
||||||
|
\received[revised]{12 March 2009}
|
||||||
|
\received[accepted]{5 June 2009}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% This command processes the author and affiliation and title
|
||||||
|
%% information and builds the first part of the formatted document.
|
||||||
|
\maketitle
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Introduction}
|
||||||
|
ACM's consolidated article template, introduced in 2017, provides a
|
||||||
|
consistent \LaTeX\ style for use across ACM publications, and
|
||||||
|
incorporates accessibility and metadata-extraction functionality
|
||||||
|
necessary for future Digital Library endeavors. Numerous ACM and
|
||||||
|
SIG-specific \LaTeX\ templates have been examined, and their unique
|
||||||
|
features incorporated into this single new template.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you are new to publishing with ACM, this document is a valuable
|
||||||
|
guide to the process of preparing your work for publication. If you
|
||||||
|
have published with ACM before, this document provides insight and
|
||||||
|
instruction into more recent changes to the article template.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class can be used to prepare articles
|
||||||
|
for any ACM publication --- conference or journal, and for any stage
|
||||||
|
of publication, from review to final ``camera-ready'' copy, to the
|
||||||
|
author's own version, with {\itshape very} few changes to the source.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Template Overview}
|
||||||
|
As noted in the introduction, the ``\verb|acmart|'' document class can
|
||||||
|
be used to prepare many different kinds of documentation --- a
|
||||||
|
double-anonymous initial submission of a full-length technical paper, a
|
||||||
|
two-page SIGGRAPH Emerging Technologies abstract, a ``camera-ready''
|
||||||
|
journal article, a SIGCHI Extended Abstract, and more --- all by
|
||||||
|
selecting the appropriate {\itshape template style} and {\itshape
|
||||||
|
template parameters}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This document will explain the major features of the document
|
||||||
|
class. For further information, the {\itshape \LaTeX\ User's Guide} is
|
||||||
|
available from
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/proceedings-template}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Template Styles}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The primary parameter given to the ``\verb|acmart|'' document class is
|
||||||
|
the {\itshape template style} which corresponds to the kind of publication
|
||||||
|
or SIG publishing the work. This parameter is enclosed in square
|
||||||
|
brackets and is a part of the {\verb|documentclass|} command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[STYLE]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Journals use one of three template styles. All but three ACM journals
|
||||||
|
use the {\verb|acmsmall|} template style:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmsmall}}: The default journal template style.
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmlarge}}: Used by JOCCH and TAP.
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{acmtog}}: Used by TOG.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The majority of conference proceedings documentation will use the {\verb|acmconf|} template style.
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{sigconf}}: The default proceedings template style.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{sigchi}}: Used for SIGCHI conference articles.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{sigplan}}: Used for SIGPLAN conference articles.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Template Parameters}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In addition to specifying the {\itshape template style} to be used in
|
||||||
|
formatting your work, there are a number of {\itshape template parameters}
|
||||||
|
which modify some part of the applied template style. A complete list
|
||||||
|
of these parameters can be found in the {\itshape \LaTeX\ User's Guide.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Frequently-used parameters, or combinations of parameters, include:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item {\texttt{anonymous,review}}: Suitable for a ``double-anonymous''
|
||||||
|
conference submission. Anonymizes the work and includes line
|
||||||
|
numbers. Use with the \texttt{\acmSubmissionID} command to print the
|
||||||
|
submission's unique ID on each page of the work.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{authorversion}}: Produces a version of the work suitable
|
||||||
|
for posting by the author.
|
||||||
|
\item{\texttt{screen}}: Produces colored hyperlinks.
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This document uses the following string as the first command in the
|
||||||
|
source file:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Modifications}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Modifying the template --- including but not limited to: adjusting
|
||||||
|
margins, typeface sizes, line spacing, paragraph and list definitions,
|
||||||
|
and the use of the \verb|\vspace| command to manually adjust the
|
||||||
|
vertical spacing between elements of your work --- is not allowed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
{\bfseries Your document will be returned to you for revision if
|
||||||
|
modifications are discovered.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Typefaces}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class requires the use of the
|
||||||
|
``Libertine'' typeface family. Your \TeX\ installation should include
|
||||||
|
this set of packages. Please do not substitute other typefaces. The
|
||||||
|
``\verb|lmodern|'' and ``\verb|ltimes|'' packages should not be used,
|
||||||
|
as they will override the built-in typeface families.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Title Information}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The title of your work should use capital letters appropriately -
|
||||||
|
\url{https://capitalizemytitle.com/} has useful rules for
|
||||||
|
capitalization. Use the {\verb|title|} command to define the title of
|
||||||
|
your work. If your work has a subtitle, define it with the
|
||||||
|
{\verb|subtitle|} command. Do not insert line breaks in your title.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your title is lengthy, you must define a short version to be used
|
||||||
|
in the page headers, to prevent overlapping text. The \verb|title|
|
||||||
|
command has a ``short title'' parameter:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\title[short title]{full title}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Authors and Affiliations}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Each author must be defined separately for accurate metadata
|
||||||
|
identification. As an exception, multiple authors may share one
|
||||||
|
affiliation. Authors' names should not be abbreviated; use full first
|
||||||
|
names wherever possible. Include authors' e-mail addresses whenever
|
||||||
|
possible.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Grouping authors' names or e-mail addresses, or providing an ``e-mail
|
||||||
|
alias,'' as shown below, is not acceptable:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\author{Brooke Aster, David Mehldau}
|
||||||
|
\email{dave,judy,steve@university.edu}
|
||||||
|
\email{firstname.lastname@phillips.org}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The \verb|authornote| and \verb|authornotemark| commands allow a note
|
||||||
|
to apply to multiple authors --- for example, if the first two authors
|
||||||
|
of an article contributed equally to the work.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your author list is lengthy, you must define a shortened version of
|
||||||
|
the list of authors to be used in the page headers, to prevent
|
||||||
|
overlapping text. The following command should be placed just after
|
||||||
|
the last \verb|\author{}| definition:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\renewcommand{\shortauthors}{McCartney, et al.}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
Omitting this command will force the use of a concatenated list of all
|
||||||
|
of the authors' names, which may result in overlapping text in the
|
||||||
|
page headers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The article template's documentation, available at
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/proceedings-template}, has a
|
||||||
|
complete explanation of these commands and tips for their effective
|
||||||
|
use.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Note that authors' addresses are mandatory for journal articles.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Rights Information}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Authors of any work published by ACM will need to complete a rights
|
||||||
|
form. Depending on the kind of work, and the rights management choice
|
||||||
|
made by the author, this may be copyright transfer, permission,
|
||||||
|
license, or an OA (open access) agreement.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Regardless of the rights management choice, the author will receive a
|
||||||
|
copy of the completed rights form once it has been submitted. This
|
||||||
|
form contains \LaTeX\ commands that must be copied into the source
|
||||||
|
document. When the document source is compiled, these commands and
|
||||||
|
their parameters add formatted text to several areas of the final
|
||||||
|
document:
|
||||||
|
\begin{itemize}
|
||||||
|
\item the ``ACM Reference Format'' text on the first page.
|
||||||
|
\item the ``rights management'' text on the first page.
|
||||||
|
\item the conference information in the page header(s).
|
||||||
|
\end{itemize}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Rights information is unique to the work; if you are preparing several
|
||||||
|
works for an event, make sure to use the correct set of commands with
|
||||||
|
each of the works.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ACM Reference Format text is required for all articles over one
|
||||||
|
page in length, and is optional for one-page articles (abstracts).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{CCS Concepts and User-Defined Keywords}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Two elements of the ``acmart'' document class provide powerful
|
||||||
|
taxonomic tools for you to help readers find your work in an online
|
||||||
|
search.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ACM Computing Classification System ---
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/class-2012} --- is a set of
|
||||||
|
classifiers and concepts that describe the computing
|
||||||
|
discipline. Authors can select entries from this classification
|
||||||
|
system, via \url{https://dl.acm.org/ccs/ccs.cfm}, and generate the
|
||||||
|
commands to be included in the \LaTeX\ source.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
User-defined keywords are a comma-separated list of words and phrases
|
||||||
|
of the authors' choosing, providing a more flexible way of describing
|
||||||
|
the research being presented.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CCS concepts and user-defined keywords are required for for all
|
||||||
|
articles over two pages in length, and are optional for one- and
|
||||||
|
two-page articles (or abstracts).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Sectioning Commands}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Your work should use standard \LaTeX\ sectioning commands:
|
||||||
|
\verb|section|, \verb|subsection|, \verb|subsubsection|, and
|
||||||
|
\verb|paragraph|. They should be numbered; do not remove the numbering
|
||||||
|
from the commands.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Simulating a sectioning command by setting the first word or words of
|
||||||
|
a paragraph in boldface or italicized text is {\bfseries not allowed.}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Tables}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class includes the ``\verb|booktabs|''
|
||||||
|
package --- \url{https://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs} --- for preparing
|
||||||
|
high-quality tables.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Table captions are placed {\itshape above} the table.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Because tables cannot be split across pages, the best placement for
|
||||||
|
them is typically the top of the page nearest their initial cite. To
|
||||||
|
ensure this proper ``floating'' placement of tables, use the
|
||||||
|
environment \textbf{table} to enclose the table's contents and the
|
||||||
|
table caption. The contents of the table itself must go in the
|
||||||
|
\textbf{tabular} environment, to be aligned properly in rows and
|
||||||
|
columns, with the desired horizontal and vertical rules. Again,
|
||||||
|
detailed instructions on \textbf{tabular} material are found in the
|
||||||
|
\textit{\LaTeX\ User's Guide}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Immediately following this sentence is the point at which
|
||||||
|
Table~\ref{tab:freq} is included in the input file; compare the
|
||||||
|
placement of the table here with the table in the printed output of
|
||||||
|
this document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\begin{table}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Frequency of Special Characters}
|
||||||
|
\label{tab:freq}
|
||||||
|
\begin{tabular}{ccl}
|
||||||
|
\toprule
|
||||||
|
Non-English or Math&Frequency&Comments\\
|
||||||
|
\midrule
|
||||||
|
\O & 1 in 1,000& For Swedish names\\
|
||||||
|
$\pi$ & 1 in 5& Common in math\\
|
||||||
|
\$ & 4 in 5 & Used in business\\
|
||||||
|
$\Psi^2_1$ & 1 in 40,000& Unexplained usage\\
|
||||||
|
\bottomrule
|
||||||
|
\end{tabular}
|
||||||
|
\end{table}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To set a wider table, which takes up the whole width of the page's
|
||||||
|
live area, use the environment \textbf{table*} to enclose the table's
|
||||||
|
contents and the table caption. As with a single-column table, this
|
||||||
|
wide table will ``float'' to a location deemed more
|
||||||
|
desirable. Immediately following this sentence is the point at which
|
||||||
|
Table~\ref{tab:commands} is included in the input file; again, it is
|
||||||
|
instructive to compare the placement of the table here with the table
|
||||||
|
in the printed output of this document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\begin{table*}
|
||||||
|
\caption{Some Typical Commands}
|
||||||
|
\label{tab:commands}
|
||||||
|
\begin{tabular}{ccl}
|
||||||
|
\toprule
|
||||||
|
Command &A Number & Comments\\
|
||||||
|
\midrule
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}author} & 100& Author \\
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}table}& 300 & For tables\\
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}table*}& 400& For wider tables\\
|
||||||
|
\bottomrule
|
||||||
|
\end{tabular}
|
||||||
|
\end{table*}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Always use midrule to separate table header rows from data rows, and
|
||||||
|
use it only for this purpose. This enables assistive technologies to
|
||||||
|
recognise table headers and support their users in navigating tables
|
||||||
|
more easily.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Math Equations}
|
||||||
|
You may want to display math equations in three distinct styles:
|
||||||
|
inline, numbered or non-numbered display. Each of the three are
|
||||||
|
discussed in the next sections.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Inline (In-text) Equations}
|
||||||
|
A formula that appears in the running text is called an inline or
|
||||||
|
in-text formula. It is produced by the \textbf{math} environment,
|
||||||
|
which can be invoked with the usual
|
||||||
|
\texttt{{\char'134}begin\,\ldots{\char'134}end} construction or with
|
||||||
|
the short form \texttt{\$\,\ldots\$}. You can use any of the symbols
|
||||||
|
and structures, from $\alpha$ to $\omega$, available in
|
||||||
|
\LaTeX~\cite{Lamport:LaTeX}; this section will simply show a few
|
||||||
|
examples of in-text equations in context. Notice how this equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{math}
|
||||||
|
\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty}x=0
|
||||||
|
\end{math},
|
||||||
|
set here in in-line math style, looks slightly different when
|
||||||
|
set in display style. (See next section).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Display Equations}
|
||||||
|
A numbered display equation---one set off by vertical space from the
|
||||||
|
text and centered horizontally---is produced by the \textbf{equation}
|
||||||
|
environment. An unnumbered display equation is produced by the
|
||||||
|
\textbf{displaymath} environment.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Again, in either environment, you can use any of the symbols and
|
||||||
|
structures available in \LaTeX\@; this section will just give a couple
|
||||||
|
of examples of display equations in context. First, consider the
|
||||||
|
equation, shown as an inline equation above:
|
||||||
|
\begin{equation}
|
||||||
|
\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty}x=0
|
||||||
|
\end{equation}
|
||||||
|
Notice how it is formatted somewhat differently in
|
||||||
|
the \textbf{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
environment. Now, we'll enter an unnumbered equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
\sum_{i=0}^{\infty} x + 1
|
||||||
|
\end{displaymath}
|
||||||
|
and follow it with another numbered equation:
|
||||||
|
\begin{equation}
|
||||||
|
\sum_{i=0}^{\infty}x_i=\int_{0}^{\pi+2} f
|
||||||
|
\end{equation}
|
||||||
|
just to demonstrate \LaTeX's able handling of numbering.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Figures}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|figure|'' environment should be used for figures. One or
|
||||||
|
more images can be placed within a figure. If your figure contains
|
||||||
|
third-party material, you must clearly identify it as such, as shown
|
||||||
|
in the example below.
|
||||||
|
\begin{figure}[h]
|
||||||
|
\centering
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{sample-franklin}
|
||||||
|
\caption{1907 Franklin Model D roadster. Photograph by Harris \&
|
||||||
|
Ewing, Inc. [Public domain], via Wikimedia
|
||||||
|
Commons. (\url{https://goo.gl/VLCRBB}).}
|
||||||
|
\Description{A woman and a girl in white dresses sit in an open car.}
|
||||||
|
\end{figure}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Your figures should contain a caption which describes the figure to
|
||||||
|
the reader.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Figure captions are placed {\itshape below} the figure.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Every figure should also have a figure description unless it is purely
|
||||||
|
decorative. These descriptions convey what’s in the image to someone
|
||||||
|
who cannot see it. They are also used by search engine crawlers for
|
||||||
|
indexing images, and when images cannot be loaded.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A figure description must be unformatted plain text less than 2000
|
||||||
|
characters long (including spaces). {\bfseries Figure descriptions
|
||||||
|
should not repeat the figure caption – their purpose is to capture
|
||||||
|
important information that is not already provided in the caption or
|
||||||
|
the main text of the paper.} For figures that convey important and
|
||||||
|
complex new information, a short text description may not be
|
||||||
|
adequate. More complex alternative descriptions can be placed in an
|
||||||
|
appendix and referenced in a short figure description. For example,
|
||||||
|
provide a data table capturing the information in a bar chart, or a
|
||||||
|
structured list representing a graph. For additional information
|
||||||
|
regarding how best to write figure descriptions and why doing this is
|
||||||
|
so important, please see
|
||||||
|
\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/taps/describing-figures/}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{The ``Teaser Figure''}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A ``teaser figure'' is an image, or set of images in one figure, that
|
||||||
|
are placed after all author and affiliation information, and before
|
||||||
|
the body of the article, spanning the page. If you wish to have such a
|
||||||
|
figure in your article, place the command immediately before the
|
||||||
|
\verb|\maketitle| command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\begin{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{sampleteaser}
|
||||||
|
\caption{figure caption}
|
||||||
|
\Description{figure description}
|
||||||
|
\end{teaserfigure}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Citations and Bibliographies}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The use of \BibTeX\ for the preparation and formatting of one's
|
||||||
|
references is strongly recommended. Authors' names should be complete
|
||||||
|
--- use full first names (``Donald E. Knuth'') not initials
|
||||||
|
(``D. E. Knuth'') --- and the salient identifying features of a
|
||||||
|
reference should be included: title, year, volume, number, pages,
|
||||||
|
article DOI, etc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The bibliography is included in your source document with these two
|
||||||
|
commands, placed just before the \verb|\end{document}| command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\bibliographystyle{ACM-Reference-Format}
|
||||||
|
\bibliography{bibfile}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
where ``\verb|bibfile|'' is the name, without the ``\verb|.bib|''
|
||||||
|
suffix, of the \BibTeX\ file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Citations and references are numbered by default. A small number of
|
||||||
|
ACM publications have citations and references formatted in the
|
||||||
|
``author year'' style; for these exceptions, please include this
|
||||||
|
command in the {\bfseries preamble} (before the command
|
||||||
|
``\verb|\begin{document}|'') of your \LaTeX\ source:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\citestyle{acmauthoryear}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Some examples. A paginated journal article \cite{Abril07}, an
|
||||||
|
enumerated journal article \cite{Cohen07}, a reference to an entire
|
||||||
|
issue \cite{JCohen96}, a monograph (whole book) \cite{Kosiur01}, a
|
||||||
|
monograph/whole book in a series (see 2a in spec. document)
|
||||||
|
\cite{Harel79}, a divisible-book such as an anthology or compilation
|
||||||
|
\cite{Editor00} followed by the same example, however we only output
|
||||||
|
the series if the volume number is given \cite{Editor00a} (so
|
||||||
|
Editor00a's series should NOT be present since it has no vol. no.),
|
||||||
|
a chapter in a divisible book \cite{Spector90}, a chapter in a
|
||||||
|
divisible book in a series \cite{Douglass98}, a multi-volume work as
|
||||||
|
book \cite{Knuth97}, a couple of articles in a proceedings (of a
|
||||||
|
conference, symposium, workshop for example) (paginated proceedings
|
||||||
|
article) \cite{Andler79, Hagerup1993}, a proceedings article with
|
||||||
|
all possible elements \cite{Smith10}, an example of an enumerated
|
||||||
|
proceedings article \cite{VanGundy07}, an informally published work
|
||||||
|
\cite{Harel78}, a couple of preprints \cite{Bornmann2019,
|
||||||
|
AnzarootPBM14}, a doctoral dissertation \cite{Clarkson85}, a
|
||||||
|
master's thesis: \cite{anisi03}, an online document / world wide web
|
||||||
|
resource \cite{Thornburg01, Ablamowicz07, Poker06}, a video game
|
||||||
|
(Case 1) \cite{Obama08} and (Case 2) \cite{Novak03} and \cite{Lee05}
|
||||||
|
and (Case 3) a patent \cite{JoeScientist001}, work accepted for
|
||||||
|
publication \cite{rous08}, 'YYYYb'-test for prolific author
|
||||||
|
\cite{SaeediMEJ10} and \cite{SaeediJETC10}. Other cites might
|
||||||
|
contain 'duplicate' DOI and URLs (some SIAM articles)
|
||||||
|
\cite{Kirschmer:2010:AEI:1958016.1958018}. Boris / Barbara Beeton:
|
||||||
|
multi-volume works as books \cite{MR781536} and \cite{MR781537}. A
|
||||||
|
couple of citations with DOIs:
|
||||||
|
\cite{2004:ITE:1009386.1010128,Kirschmer:2010:AEI:1958016.1958018}. Online
|
||||||
|
citations: \cite{TUGInstmem, Thornburg01, CTANacmart}.
|
||||||
|
Artifacts: \cite{R} and \cite{UMassCitations}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Acknowledgments}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Identification of funding sources and other support, and thanks to
|
||||||
|
individuals and groups that assisted in the research and the
|
||||||
|
preparation of the work should be included in an acknowledgment
|
||||||
|
section, which is placed just before the reference section in your
|
||||||
|
document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This section has a special environment:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\begin{acks}
|
||||||
|
...
|
||||||
|
\end{acks}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
so that the information contained therein can be more easily collected
|
||||||
|
during the article metadata extraction phase, and to ensure
|
||||||
|
consistency in the spelling of the section heading.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Authors should not prepare this section as a numbered or unnumbered {\verb|\section|}; please use the ``{\verb|acks|}'' environment.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Appendices}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your work needs an appendix, add it before the
|
||||||
|
``\verb|\end{document}|'' command at the conclusion of your source
|
||||||
|
document.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Start the appendix with the ``\verb|appendix|'' command:
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\appendix
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
and note that in the appendix, sections are lettered, not
|
||||||
|
numbered. This document has two appendices, demonstrating the section
|
||||||
|
and subsection identification method.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Multi-language papers}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Papers may be written in languages other than English or include
|
||||||
|
titles, subtitles, keywords and abstracts in different languages (as a
|
||||||
|
rule, a paper in a language other than English should include an
|
||||||
|
English title and an English abstract). Use \verb|language=...| for
|
||||||
|
every language used in the paper. The last language indicated is the
|
||||||
|
main language of the paper. For example, a French paper with
|
||||||
|
additional titles and abstracts in English and German may start with
|
||||||
|
the following command
|
||||||
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
\documentclass[sigconf, language=english, language=german,
|
||||||
|
language=french]{acmart}
|
||||||
|
\end{verbatim}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The title, subtitle, keywords and abstract will be typeset in the main
|
||||||
|
language of the paper. The commands \verb|\translatedXXX|, \verb|XXX|
|
||||||
|
begin title, subtitle and keywords, can be used to set these elements
|
||||||
|
in the other languages. The environment \verb|translatedabstract| is
|
||||||
|
used to set the translation of the abstract. These commands and
|
||||||
|
environment have a mandatory first argument: the language of the
|
||||||
|
second argument. See \verb|sample-sigconf-i13n.tex| file for examples
|
||||||
|
of their usage.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{SIGCHI Extended Abstracts}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The ``\verb|sigchi-a|'' template style (available only in \LaTeX\ and
|
||||||
|
not in Word) produces a landscape-orientation formatted article, with
|
||||||
|
a wide left margin. Three environments are available for use with the
|
||||||
|
``\verb|sigchi-a|'' template style, and produce formatted output in
|
||||||
|
the margin:
|
||||||
|
\begin{description}
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{sidebar}:] Place formatted text in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{marginfigure}:] Place a figure in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\item[\texttt{margintable}:] Place a table in the margin.
|
||||||
|
\end{description}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The acknowledgments section is defined using the "acks" environment
|
||||||
|
%% (and NOT an unnumbered section). This ensures the proper
|
||||||
|
%% identification of the section in the article metadata, and the
|
||||||
|
%% consistent spelling of the heading.
|
||||||
|
\begin{acks}
|
||||||
|
To Robert, for the bagels and explaining CMYK and color spaces.
|
||||||
|
\end{acks}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% The next two lines define the bibliography style to be used, and
|
||||||
|
%% the bibliography file.
|
||||||
|
\bibliographystyle{ACM-Reference-Format}
|
||||||
|
\bibliography{sample-base}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% If your work has an appendix, this is the place to put it.
|
||||||
|
\appendix
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Research Methods}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Part One}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Morbi
|
||||||
|
malesuada, quam in pulvinar varius, metus nunc fermentum urna, id
|
||||||
|
sollicitudin purus odio sit amet enim. Aliquam ullamcorper eu ipsum
|
||||||
|
vel mollis. Curabitur quis dictum nisl. Phasellus vel semper risus, et
|
||||||
|
lacinia dolor. Integer ultricies commodo sem nec semper.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\subsection{Part Two}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Etiam commodo feugiat nisl pulvinar pellentesque. Etiam auctor sodales
|
||||||
|
ligula, non varius nibh pulvinar semper. Suspendisse nec lectus non
|
||||||
|
ipsum convallis congue hendrerit vitae sapien. Donec at laoreet
|
||||||
|
eros. Vivamus non purus placerat, scelerisque diam eu, cursus
|
||||||
|
ante. Etiam aliquam tortor auctor efficitur mattis.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section{Online Resources}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Nam id fermentum dui. Suspendisse sagittis tortor a nulla mollis, in
|
||||||
|
pulvinar ex pretium. Sed interdum orci quis metus euismod, et sagittis
|
||||||
|
enim maximus. Vestibulum gravida massa ut felis suscipit
|
||||||
|
congue. Quisque mattis elit a risus ultrices commodo venenatis eget
|
||||||
|
dui. Etiam sagittis eleifend elementum.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Nam interdum magna at lectus dignissim, ac dignissim lorem
|
||||||
|
rhoncus. Maecenas eu arcu ac neque placerat aliquam. Nunc pulvinar
|
||||||
|
massa et mattis lacinia.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\end{document}
|
||||||
|
\endinput
|
||||||
|
%%
|
||||||
|
%% End of file `sample-sigconf.tex'.
|
||||||
BIN
~samples/sampleteaser.pdf
Normal file
BIN
~samples/sampleteaser.pdf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
Reference in New Issue
Block a user